diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po')
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/using-d-i.po | 825 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/fi/using-d-i.po | 727 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu/administrivia.po | 172 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu/gpl.po | 728 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu/installation-howto.po | 455 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/using-d-i.po | 804 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 640 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/using-d-i.po | 820 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/using-d-i.po | 819 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 818 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/install-methods.po | 730 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/using-d-i.po | 825 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 796 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 791 |
14 files changed, 6005 insertions, 3945 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 6fcc04e83..c88774870 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1322,7 +1322,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1343,73 +1352,73 @@ msgstr "" "σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει. " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1419,16 +1428,16 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1442,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την χειροκίνητη δημιουργία μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1454,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1466,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1517,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1525,11 +1534,8 @@ msgid "" "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Εδώ ολοκληρώνεται η καθοδηγούμενη διαμέριση. Εάν είστε ικανοποιημένοι με τον " "δημιουργημένο πίνακα διαμέρισης, τότε για να υλοποιηθεί ο νέος πίνακας " @@ -1542,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "την χειροκίνητη διαμέριση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1558,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1573,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλο <quote>ΕΛΕΎΘΕΡΟΣ ΧΏΡΟΣ</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1608,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1631,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap. Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε ένα τμήμα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1648,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1660,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το δημιουργήσετε. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1677,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1692,121 +1698,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"Εάν δουλεύετε με υπολογιστές σε επίπεδο διαχειριστή συστήματος ή " -"<quote>προχωρημένου</quote> χρήστη, έχετε αντιμετωπίσει σίγουρα την " -"κατάσταση όπου κάποιο τμήμα δίσκων (συνήθως το σημαντικότερο) εμφανίζεται να " -"μην έχει χώρο, ενώ κάποιο άλλο τμήμα χρησιμοποιούνταν ελάχιστα. και έπρεπε " -"να τακτοποιήσετε αυτή την κατάσταση με την μετακίνηση διαφόρων, δημιουργία " -"ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"Για να αποφύγετε την κατάσταση που περιγράφτηκε μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε " -"τον Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM). Μιλώντας άπλα, με τον LVM μπορείτε να " -"συνδυάσετε τα τμήματά σας (<firstterm>φυσικοί τόμοι</firstterm> στη διάλεκτο " -"LVM) για να σχηματίσετε έναν εικονικό δίσκο (επονομαζόμενος <firstterm>ομάδα " -"τόμου</firstterm>), ο οποίος κατόπιν μπορεί να διαιρεθεί σε εικονικά τμήματα " -"(<firstterm>λογικούς τόμους</firstterm>). Το σημαντικό εδώ έγκειται στο ότι " -"οι λογικοί τόμοι (και φυσικά και οι ομάδες τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται σε " -"διάφορους φυσικούς δίσκους." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Όταν θα διαπιστώσετε ότι χρειάζεστε περισσότερο χώρο για το παλιό σας " -"<filename>/home</filename> τμήμα των 160GB, μπορείτε απλώς να προσθέσετε " -"στον υπολογιστή σας ένα νέο δίσκο 300GB, να τον συνδέσετε με μια υπάρχουσα " -"ομάδα τόμου και έπειτα να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος του λογικού τόμου που κατέχει " -"το σύστημα αρχείων <filename>/home</filename> και ιδού — οι χρήστες " -"σας έχουν πάλι χώρο στο ανανεωμένο τμήμα τους 460GB. Αυτό το παράδειγμα " -"φυσικά είναι λίγο απλοποιημένο. Εάν δεν το διαβάσατε ακόμη, θα πρέπει να " -"συμβουλευτείτε την ιστοσελίδα <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</" -"ulink>. " - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση το LVM με τον &d-i; είναι αρκετά απλή. Πρώτα-πρώτα, πρέπει να " -"επιλέξετε τα τμήματα σας που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν ως φυσικοί τόμοι για το LVM. " -"(Αυτό γίνεται με το <command>προγραμμα κατάτμησης</command> στο μενού " -"<guimenu> Ρυθμίσεις τμήματος </guimenu> όπου πρέπει να επιλέξετε " -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Χρήση ως:</guimenu><guimenuitem> φυσικός τόμος για το " -"LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Έπειτα ξεκινήστε το άρθρωμα " -"<command>lvmcfg</command> ( είτε απευθείας από το <command>προγραμμα " -"κατάτμησης</command> είτε από το κυρίως μενού του &d-i;) και μέσω του μενού " -"<guimenuitem>Τροποποίηση των ομάδων τόμων (VG)</guimenuitem> συνδυάστε " -"φυσικούς τόμους με ομάδα ή ομάδες τομών. Μετά απ’αυτό, μέσω του μενού " -"<guimenuitem>Τροποποίηση των ομάδων τόμων (VG)</guimenuitem>, θα πρέπει να " -"δημιουργήσετε λογικούς τόμους στην αρχή των ομάδων τομών." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"Μετά την επιστροφή από το <command>lvmcfg</command> στο <command>προγραμμα " -"κατάτμησης</command>, θα δείτε όλους του λογικούς τόμους, που " -"δημιουργήθηκαν, με τον ίδιο τρόπο που βλέπετε και τα κανονικά τμήματα (και " -"μπορείτε να τους διαχειριστείτε με τον ίδιο τρόπο)." - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μονάδων Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (Λογισμικό RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1828,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>λογισμικό RAID</firstterm> μετά την διασημότερη παραλλαγή της)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1844,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1929,55 +1827,55 @@ msgstr "" "Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Η βλάβη δίσκου ξεπεράστηκε;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1985,43 +1883,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2031,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -2042,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2059,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2077,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "με χειροκίνητη εκτέλεση κάποιων βημάτων ρύθμισης ή εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2098,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο μονάδας MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2110,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2131,7 +2029,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το λάθος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2142,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2161,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήμα μεγέθους 100 GB για <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2176,13 +2074,192 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Εάν δουλεύετε με υπολογιστές σε επίπεδο διαχειριστή συστήματος ή " +"<quote>προχωρημένου</quote> χρήστη, έχετε αντιμετωπίσει σίγουρα την " +"κατάσταση όπου κάποιο τμήμα δίσκων (συνήθως το σημαντικότερο) εμφανίζεται να " +"μην έχει χώρο, ενώ κάποιο άλλο τμήμα χρησιμοποιούνταν ελάχιστα. και έπρεπε " +"να τακτοποιήσετε αυτή την κατάσταση με την μετακίνηση διαφόρων, δημιουργία " +"ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"Για να αποφύγετε την κατάσταση που περιγράφτηκε μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε " +"τον Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM). Μιλώντας άπλα, με τον LVM μπορείτε να " +"συνδυάσετε τα τμήματά σας (<firstterm>φυσικοί τόμοι</firstterm> στη διάλεκτο " +"LVM) για να σχηματίσετε έναν εικονικό δίσκο (επονομαζόμενος <firstterm>ομάδα " +"τόμου</firstterm>), ο οποίος κατόπιν μπορεί να διαιρεθεί σε εικονικά τμήματα " +"(<firstterm>λογικούς τόμους</firstterm>). Το σημαντικό εδώ έγκειται στο ότι " +"οι λογικοί τόμοι (και φυσικά και οι ομάδες τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται σε " +"διάφορους φυσικούς δίσκους." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Όταν θα διαπιστώσετε ότι χρειάζεστε περισσότερο χώρο για το παλιό σας " +"<filename>/home</filename> τμήμα των 160GB, μπορείτε απλώς να προσθέσετε " +"στον υπολογιστή σας ένα νέο δίσκο 300GB, να τον συνδέσετε με μια υπάρχουσα " +"ομάδα τόμου και έπειτα να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος του λογικού τόμου που κατέχει " +"το σύστημα αρχείων <filename>/home</filename> και ιδού — οι χρήστες " +"σας έχουν πάλι χώρο στο ανανεωμένο τμήμα τους 460GB. Αυτό το παράδειγμα " +"φυσικά είναι λίγο απλοποιημένο. Εάν δεν το διαβάσατε ακόμη, θα πρέπει να " +"συμβουλευτείτε την ιστοσελίδα <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</" +"ulink>. " + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια συσκευή MD, απαιτούνται τα τμηματα από τα οποία " +"επιθυμείτε να αποτελείται, σημειωμένα για χρήση σε συστοιχία RAID. (Αυτό " +"επιτυγχάνεται με το <command>προγραμμα κατάτμησης</command> στο μενού " +"<guimenu>Ρυθμίσεις τμήματος</guimenu> από όπου πρέπει να επιλέξετε " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> Χρήση ως:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>φυσική μονάδα για " +"RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Μετά την επιστροφή από το <command>lvmcfg</command> στο <command>προγραμμα " +"κατάτμησης</command>, θα δείτε όλους του λογικούς τόμους, που " +"δημιουργήθηκαν, με τον ίδιο τρόπο που βλέπετε και τα κανονικά τμήματα (και " +"μπορείτε να τους διαχειριστείτε με τον ίδιο τρόπο)." + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2196,7 +2273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2213,7 +2290,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2223,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2236,7 +2313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2247,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2257,13 +2334,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2279,13 +2356,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2295,13 +2372,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2313,7 +2390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2323,25 +2400,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2351,13 +2428,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2369,7 +2446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2382,13 +2459,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2402,7 +2479,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2411,13 +2488,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2426,25 +2503,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2454,19 +2531,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2476,7 +2553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2488,7 +2565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2499,7 +2576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2514,7 +2591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2528,7 +2605,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2548,7 +2625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2561,7 +2638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2569,13 +2646,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2585,13 +2662,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να εγκατασταθεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2605,13 +2682,13 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2626,7 +2703,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2646,7 +2723,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2656,19 +2733,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr " " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2684,7 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2701,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2714,13 +2791,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2735,7 +2812,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2758,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2772,7 +2849,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2782,13 +2859,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2803,13 +2880,13 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2826,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2838,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση γίνεται σε μια σειριακή κονσόλα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2853,13 +2930,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2876,13 +2953,13 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος αν έχετε έναν αργό υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2918,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "" "ωραίο interface.για τον χρήστη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2936,13 +3013,13 @@ msgstr "" "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2960,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2998,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3009,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που έχετε διαλέξει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3020,7 +3097,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3035,7 +3112,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3051,13 +3128,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτής." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Πράκτορα Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3074,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εύκολο στην εκμάθηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3090,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημαντικές πληροφορίες μέσω του ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3101,13 +3178,13 @@ msgstr "" "στις δικές σας ανάγκες:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Διαδικτυακός τόπος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3122,13 +3199,13 @@ msgstr "" "μεταβιβάζετε αλληλογραφία." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "αλληλογραφία που αποστέλλεται μέσω smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3147,13 +3224,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για χρήστες dial-up." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "Μόνο τοπική παράδοση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3172,13 +3249,13 @@ msgstr "" "βολική για νέους χρήστες καθώς δεν συνοδεύεται από άλλες επιπλέον ερωτήσεις." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "όχι ρύθμιση αυτή τη φορά" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3193,7 +3270,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματός σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3209,13 +3286,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3230,7 +3307,7 @@ msgstr "" "Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3247,13 +3324,13 @@ msgstr "" "οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3270,7 +3347,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3288,13 +3365,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3317,13 +3394,13 @@ msgstr "" "το GNU/Linux από δισκέτα. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3340,20 +3417,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3365,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3378,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3389,14 +3466,14 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης θέλετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3414,7 +3491,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3429,7 +3506,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3439,13 +3516,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3455,13 +3532,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3473,13 +3550,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3498,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3517,14 +3594,14 @@ msgstr "" "παρακαλούμε να διαβάσετε το <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3554,7 +3631,7 @@ msgstr "" "συντελεστεί στην πραγματικότητα η φόρτωση και εκκίνηση του πυρήνα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3572,13 +3649,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3598,13 +3675,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας τα πάντα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3635,13 +3712,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3653,13 +3730,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3673,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3694,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3713,13 +3790,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3733,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3784,13 +3861,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3800,13 +3877,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3816,13 +3893,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3832,13 +3909,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3848,13 +3925,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3884,13 +3961,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3901,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> " #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3916,7 +3993,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>DELO </command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3926,13 +4003,13 @@ msgstr "" "delo.conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3942,7 +4019,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3953,19 +4030,19 @@ msgstr "" "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3986,13 +4063,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4007,13 +4084,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4030,14 +4107,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4071,13 +4148,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4097,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4120,13 +4197,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4137,13 +4214,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4158,7 +4235,7 @@ msgstr "" "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4174,13 +4251,13 @@ msgstr "" "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4192,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4211,7 +4288,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4228,13 +4305,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4258,7 +4335,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</command>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4277,7 +4354,7 @@ msgstr "" "και το ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4299,13 +4376,13 @@ msgstr "" "κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4324,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4349,7 +4426,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4359,7 +4436,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4383,7 +4460,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4395,7 +4472,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4429,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4448,7 +4525,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4469,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4486,7 +4563,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4496,6 +4573,32 @@ msgstr "" "αλλάξετε το μέγεθος του παραθύρου γιατί αυτό θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα τον " "τερματισμό της σύνδεσης." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η ρύθμιση το LVM με τον &d-i; είναι αρκετά απλή. Πρώτα-πρώτα, πρέπει να " +#~ "επιλέξετε τα τμήματα σας που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν ως φυσικοί τόμοι για το " +#~ "LVM. (Αυτό γίνεται με το <command>προγραμμα κατάτμησης</command> στο " +#~ "μενού <guimenu> Ρυθμίσεις τμήματος </guimenu> όπου πρέπει να επιλέξετε " +#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Χρήση ως:</guimenu><guimenuitem> φυσικός τόμος για " +#~ "το LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Έπειτα ξεκινήστε το άρθρωμα " +#~ "<command>lvmcfg</command> ( είτε απευθείας από το <command>προγραμμα " +#~ "κατάτμησης</command> είτε από το κυρίως μενού του &d-i;) και μέσω του " +#~ "μενού <guimenuitem>Τροποποίηση των ομάδων τόμων (VG)</guimenuitem> " +#~ "συνδυάστε φυσικούς τόμους με ομάδα ή ομάδες τομών. Μετά απ’αυτό, μέσω του " +#~ "μενού <guimenuitem>Τροποποίηση των ομάδων τόμων (VG)</guimenuitem>, θα " +#~ "πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε λογικούς τόμους στην αρχή των ομάδων τομών." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Σταθμός εργασίας (Desktop)" diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 0635e5fa2..0bfc97c6b 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-30 15:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1121,7 +1121,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1134,73 +1143,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1208,16 +1217,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1227,7 +1236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1236,7 +1245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1245,7 +1254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1273,7 +1282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1281,15 +1290,12 @@ msgid "" "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1300,7 +1306,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1310,7 +1316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1329,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1343,7 +1349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1354,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1363,7 +1369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1374,7 +1380,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1384,82 +1390,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1472,7 +1409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1482,7 +1419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1524,97 +1461,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1622,7 +1559,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1630,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1641,7 +1578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1653,7 +1590,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1667,7 +1604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1676,7 +1613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1689,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1697,7 +1634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1709,7 +1646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1719,13 +1656,159 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1739,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -1756,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -1766,7 +1849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -1779,7 +1862,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -1790,7 +1873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -1800,13 +1883,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -1822,13 +1905,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -1838,13 +1921,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -1856,7 +1939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -1866,25 +1949,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -1894,13 +1977,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -1912,7 +1995,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -1925,13 +2008,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -1945,7 +2028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -1954,13 +2037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -1969,25 +2052,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -1997,19 +2080,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2019,7 +2102,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2031,7 +2114,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2042,7 +2125,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2057,7 +2140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2071,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2091,7 +2174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2104,7 +2187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2112,13 +2195,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2126,13 +2209,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2142,13 +2225,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2158,7 +2241,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2170,7 +2253,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2180,19 +2263,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2202,7 +2285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2213,7 +2296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2222,13 +2305,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2238,7 +2321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2251,7 +2334,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2261,7 +2344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2269,13 +2352,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2285,13 +2368,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2302,7 +2385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2311,7 +2394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2321,13 +2404,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2338,13 +2421,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2364,7 +2447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2376,13 +2459,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2394,7 +2477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2414,7 +2497,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2422,7 +2505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2430,7 +2513,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2440,7 +2523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2450,13 +2533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2467,7 +2550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2477,7 +2560,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2485,13 +2568,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2501,13 +2584,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2519,13 +2602,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2537,13 +2620,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2553,7 +2636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2564,13 +2647,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2580,7 +2663,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2591,13 +2674,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2608,7 +2691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2619,13 +2702,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2639,13 +2722,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2656,19 +2739,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2677,7 +2760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2686,7 +2769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2694,13 +2777,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2711,7 +2794,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2721,7 +2804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2729,13 +2812,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2743,13 +2826,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2758,13 +2841,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2776,7 +2859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2788,13 +2871,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2811,7 +2894,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2823,13 +2906,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2841,13 +2924,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2865,13 +2948,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2880,13 +2963,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2896,13 +2979,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2912,13 +2995,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -2927,13 +3010,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -2943,13 +3026,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -2974,13 +3057,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -2988,13 +3071,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3002,13 +3085,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3016,13 +3099,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3030,13 +3113,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3053,13 +3136,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3067,20 +3150,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3088,13 +3171,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3102,7 +3185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3110,19 +3193,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3135,13 +3218,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3151,13 +3234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3168,13 +3251,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3192,13 +3275,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3210,7 +3293,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3224,13 +3307,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3238,13 +3321,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3254,7 +3337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3264,13 +3347,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3279,13 +3362,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3294,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3305,13 +3388,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3325,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3337,7 +3420,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3350,13 +3433,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3368,7 +3451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3382,7 +3465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3390,7 +3473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3404,7 +3487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3413,7 +3496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3432,7 +3515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3444,7 +3527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3457,7 +3540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3468,7 +3551,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/hu/administrivia.po b/po/hu/administrivia.po index 5fc39e4f5..e9dbdca3c 100644 --- a/po/hu/administrivia.po +++ b/po/hu/administrivia.po @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: \n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 09:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: hu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" @@ -27,26 +28,56 @@ msgstr "E dokumentumról" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:11 #, no-c-format -msgid "This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was released under GPL in 2003." -msgstr "E kézikönyv a Sarge Debian Telepítőjéhez készült a Woody boot-floppies telepítő kézikönyv alapján, mely a korábbi Debian telepítő kézikönyvekre épült és a Progeny kézikönyv alapján, mely GPL alatt készült 2003-ban." +msgid "" +"This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody " +"installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian " +"installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was " +"released under GPL in 2003." +msgstr "" +"E kézikönyv a Sarge Debian Telepítőjéhez készült a Woody boot-floppies " +"telepítő kézikönyv alapján, mely a korábbi Debian telepítő kézikönyvekre " +"épült és a Progeny kézikönyv alapján, mely GPL alatt készült 2003-ban." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." -msgstr "E dokumentum DocBook XML-ben készült. A kimeneti formátumokat különböző programok készítették a <classname>docbook-xml</classname> és <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> csomagok adatai alapján." +msgid "" +"This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by " +"various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</" +"classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." +msgstr "" +"E dokumentum DocBook XML-ben készült. A kimeneti formátumokat különböző " +"programok készítették a <classname>docbook-xml</classname> és " +"<classname>docbook-xsl</classname> csomagok adatai alapján." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML source to this document contains information for each different architecture — profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as architecture-specific." -msgstr "E dokumentum karbantarthatóságának érdekében, számos XML képességet használunk, például entitásokat és profil attribútumokat. Ezek a programozási nyelvek változóihoz és feltételeihez hasonlók. E dokumentum XML forrása tartalmaz gépenként eltérő adatokat — a profil attribútumokat arra használjuk, hogy elválasszuk a szöveg egyes apró, gép-függő részeit." +msgid "" +"In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number " +"of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a " +"role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML " +"source to this document contains information for each different architecture " +"— profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as " +"architecture-specific." +msgstr "" +"E dokumentum karbantarthatóságának érdekében, számos XML képességet " +"használunk, például entitásokat és profil attribútumokat. Ezek a " +"programozási nyelvek változóihoz és feltételeihez hasonlók. E dokumentum XML " +"forrása tartalmaz gépenként eltérő adatokat — a profil attribútumokat " +"arra használjuk, hogy elválasszuk a szöveg egyes apró, gép-függő részeit." # FIXME #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for {your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." +msgid "" +"Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for " +"the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention " +"the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a " +"phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for " +"{your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README " +"on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." msgstr "" "Köszönet az alábbiaknak:\n" "\n" @@ -65,20 +96,70 @@ msgstr "E dokumentum támogatása" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should probably submit them as a bug report against the package <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</classname> package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could check the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">open bugs against debian-installer-manual</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-reported bug." -msgstr "Ha gonjaid vagy javaslataid vannak e dokumentummal kapcsolatban, lehetőséged van hibajegyet küldeni a <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname> csomaghoz. Lásd a <classname>reportbug</classname> csomagot vagy olvass bele a <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debian Hibakezelő Rendszer (BTS)</ulink> dokumentációjába. Légy szíves, ellenőrizd a <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\"> debian-installer-manual nyitott hibáit</ulink>, hogy a hibát jelentették-e már. Ha igen küldhetsz hozzá további segítséget egy ehhez hasonló címre: <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email>, ahol az <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> a már-jelentett hiba száma." +msgid "" +"If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should " +"probably submit them as a bug report against the package <classname>debian-" +"installer-manual</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</classname> " +"package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;" +"\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could check " +"the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">open bugs against debian-" +"installer-manual</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been " +"reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful " +"information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-" +"reported bug." +msgstr "" +"Ha gonjaid vagy javaslataid vannak e dokumentummal kapcsolatban, lehetőséged " +"van hibajegyet küldeni a <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname> " +"csomaghoz. Lásd a <classname>reportbug</classname> csomagot vagy olvass bele " +"a <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debian Hibakezelő Rendszer (BTS)</ulink> " +"dokumentációjába. Légy szíves, ellenőrizd a <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-" +"installer-manual\"> debian-installer-manual nyitott hibáit</ulink>, hogy a " +"hibát jelentették-e már. Ha igen küldhetsz hozzá további segítséget egy " +"ehhez hasonló címre: <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>, ahol az <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> a már-jelentett hiba száma." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> from the source root directory." -msgstr "Még jobb, ha fogod e dokumentum DocBook forrását és foltokat készítesz hozzá. A DocBook forrás a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink> címen található. Ha nem ismered a DocBook formát, ne aggódj: van egy egyszerű tipp-lap a kézikönyvek könyvtárában, mely megismertet vele. A html-hez hasonlít, de a szöveg értelmezésére van felépítve nem a megjelenítésre. A foltokat a debian-boot listára küldd. a források SVN eléréséért, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> fájlt a forrás gyökér könyvtárban." +msgid "" +"Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce " +"patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with " +"DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory " +"that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning " +"of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-" +"boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check " +"out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> " +"from the source root directory." +msgstr "" +"Még jobb, ha fogod e dokumentum DocBook forrását és foltokat készítesz " +"hozzá. A DocBook forrás a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer " +"WebSVN</ulink> címen található. Ha nem ismered a DocBook formát, ne aggódj: " +"van egy egyszerű tipp-lap a kézikönyvek könyvtárában, mely megismertet vele. " +"A html-hez hasonlít, de a szöveg értelmezésére van felépítve nem a " +"megjelenítésre. A foltokat a debian-boot listára küldd. a források SVN " +"eléréséért, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> fájlt a " +"forrás gyökér könyvtárban." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." -msgstr "Kérlek, <emphasis>ne</emphasis> közvetlenül e dokumentum szerzőnek írj. Van egy &d-i; vita-lista, mely e kézikönyvről is szól. E lista a <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email>. A feliratkozáshoz lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> oldalt; de böngészheted a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Levelező Lista Archívumokat</ulink> is." +msgid "" +"Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document " +"directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes " +"discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists." +"debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found " +"at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List " +"Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." +msgstr "" +"Kérlek, <emphasis>ne</emphasis> közvetlenül e dokumentum szerzőnek írj. Van " +"egy &d-i; vita-lista, mely e kézikönyvről is szól. E lista a <email>debian-" +"boot@lists.debian.org</email>. A feliratkozáshoz lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-" +"debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> oldalt; " +"de böngészheted a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Levelező " +"Lista Archívumokat</ulink> is." #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:99 @@ -89,26 +170,70 @@ msgstr "Kiemelt közreműködők" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." -msgstr "E dokumentumot eredetileg Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James Treacy, és Adam Di Carlo írta. Sebastian Ley írta a Telepítő Hogyan-t. Nagyon-nagyon sok Debian felhasználó és fejlesztő segítette e dokumentumot. Közülük külön meg kell említeni a következőket: Michael Schmitz (m68k támogatás), Frank Neumann (az <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;\">Amiga telepítő kézikönyv</ulink>) eredeti szerzője, Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC adatok), Tapio Lehtonen, és Stéphane Bortzmeyer különböző szövegek és szerkesztői munkák. Köszönet illeti Pascal Le Bail-t a pen-drive indítással kapcsolatos adatokért. Miroslav Kuře a Sarge Debian Telepítő rengeteg új képességét dokumentálta." +msgid "" +"This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor " +"Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the " +"Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to " +"this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k " +"support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-" +"amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/" +"Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for " +"numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful " +"information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has " +"documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." +msgstr "" +"E dokumentumot eredetileg Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James " +"Treacy, és Adam Di Carlo írta. Sebastian Ley írta a Telepítő Hogyan-t. " +"Nagyon-nagyon sok Debian felhasználó és fejlesztő segítette e dokumentumot. " +"Közülük külön meg kell említeni a következőket: Michael Schmitz (m68k " +"támogatás), Frank Neumann (az <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;" +"\">Amiga telepítő kézikönyv</ulink>) eredeti szerzője, Arto Astala, Eric " +"Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC adatok), Tapio Lehtonen, és Stéphane Bortzmeyer " +"különböző szövegek és szerkesztői munkák. Köszönet illeti Pascal Le Bail-t a " +"pen-drive indítással kapcsolatos adatokért. Miroslav Kuře a Sarge Debian " +"Telepítő rengeteg új képességét dokumentálta." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:116 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources of information must be recognized." -msgstr "Rendkívül segítő szövegek és adatok voltak egyebek közt Jim Mintha hálózati indítás HOGYAN-jában (nincs elérhető URL), a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>-ban, a <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>-ban, a <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink>-ban, és a <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>-ban, E bőséges anyagot tartalmazó, szabadon elérhető források karbantartóinak munkája elismerésre méltók." +msgid "" +"Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for " +"network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</" +"ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors " +"FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, " +"amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources " +"of information must be recognized." +msgstr "" +"Rendkívül segítő szövegek és adatok voltak egyebek közt Jim Mintha hálózati " +"indítás HOGYAN-jában (nincs elérhető URL), a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink>-ban, a <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</" +"ulink>-ban, a <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC " +"Processors FAQ</ulink>-ban, és a <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha " +"FAQ</ulink>-ban, E bőséges anyagot tartalmazó, szabadon elérhető források " +"karbantartóinak munkája elismerésre méltók." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." -msgstr "A chroot telepítés fejezet e kézikönyvben (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>) Karsten M. Self dokumentumai résziből készült." +msgid "" +"The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-" +"upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." +msgstr "" +"A chroot telepítés fejezet e kézikönyvben (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/" +">) Karsten M. Self dokumentumai résziből készült." #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." -msgstr "A plip telepítő fejezet e kézikönyvben (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) Gilles Lamiral <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> alapján készült." +msgid "" +"The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip" +"\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-" +"HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." +msgstr "" +"A plip telepítő fejezet e kézikönyvben (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) Gilles " +"Lamiral <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> " +"alapján készült." #. Tag: title #: administrivia.xml:145 @@ -121,4 +246,3 @@ msgstr "Márkajegy tudnivalók" #, no-c-format msgid "All trademarks are property of their respective trademark owners." msgstr "Minden védjegy az egyes védjegy birtokosok tulajdona." - diff --git a/po/hu/gpl.po b/po/hu/gpl.po index 3b25f6262..e42a66f17 100644 --- a/po/hu/gpl.po +++ b/po/hu/gpl.po @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: \n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 13:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: hu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" @@ -21,14 +22,47 @@ msgstr "GNU General Public License - GNU Általános Közösségi Licenc" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:6 #, no-c-format -msgid "[[This note, consisting of two paragraphs, should only be included in your translation if you translate the GPL in this appendix. See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[LEAVE THIS PARAGRAPH IN ENGLISH! Only replace {language} with the English name of your language. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." -msgstr "This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into Hungarian. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help Hungarian speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." +msgid "" +"[[This note, consisting of two paragraphs, should only be included in your " +"translation if you translate the GPL in this appendix. See build/lang-" +"options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional " +"information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[LEAVE THIS PARAGRAPH " +"IN ENGLISH! Only replace {language} with the English name of your language. " +"Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of " +"the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the " +"Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms " +"for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=" +"\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. " +"However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to " +"better understand the GNU GPL." +msgstr "" +"This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"Hungarian. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does " +"not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help Hungarian speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:22 #, no-c-format -msgid "[[See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[THIS PARAGRAPH SHOULD BE TRANSLATED. Replace {language} with the English name of your language before translating. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into {language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL — only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." -msgstr "Ez a GNU General Public License egy nem-hivatalos magyar fordítása. Nem a Free Software Foundation adta ki, és nem adja meg jogilag egy GNU GPL alatti szoftver terjesztési feltételeit — csak a GNU GPL eredeti <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">angol változata</ulink> teszi ezt. De reméljük e fordítás segít a magyar nyelvű felhasználóknak a GNU GPL megértésében." +msgid "" +"[[See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph and for " +"additional information. Its condition is \"gpl-unofficial\".]] [[THIS " +"PARAGRAPH SHOULD BE TRANSLATED. Replace {language} with the English name of " +"your language before translating. Do not change the link to the GPL!]] This " +"is an unofficial translation of the GNU General Public License into " +"{language}. It was not published by the Free Software Foundation, and does " +"not legally state the distribution terms for software that uses the GNU GPL " +"— only the original <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">English text</" +"ulink> of the GNU GPL does that. However, we hope that this translation will " +"help {language} speakers to better understand the GNU GPL." +msgstr "" +"Ez a GNU General Public License egy nem-hivatalos magyar fordítása. Nem a " +"Free Software Foundation adta ki, és nem adja meg jogilag egy GNU GPL alatti " +"szoftver terjesztési feltételeit — csak a GNU GPL eredeti <ulink url=" +"\"&url-gnu-copyleft;\">angol változata</ulink> teszi ezt. De reméljük e " +"fordítás segít a magyar nyelvű felhasználóknak a GNU GPL megértésében." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:37 @@ -61,50 +95,128 @@ msgstr "Bevezetés" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:46 #, no-c-format -msgid "The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the gnu General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software — to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the gnu Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too." -msgstr "A legtöbb szoftver licencét arra tervezték, hogy megvonja szabadságodat a másolásától és terjesztésétől. Ezzel szemben a GNU General Public License célja, hogy garantálja a szabadságod a szabad szoftver másolásában és terjesztésében — ezáltal biztosítva a szoftver szabad felhasználhatóságát minden felhasználó számára. A General Public License vonatkozik a Free Software Foundation legtöbb szoftverére és minden más programra, melyek szerzői ennek használatáról nyilatkoztak. (Néhány más Szabad Szoftver Alapítvány-i szoftver ehelyett a GNU Lesser General Public License-t használja.) Te is használhatod ezt programjaidhoz." +msgid "" +"The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to " +"share and change it. By contrast, the gnu General Public License is intended " +"to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software — to make " +"sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License " +"applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other " +"program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software " +"Foundation software is covered by the gnu Library General Public License " +"instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too." +msgstr "" +"A legtöbb szoftver licencét arra tervezték, hogy megvonja szabadságodat a " +"másolásától és terjesztésétől. Ezzel szemben a GNU General Public License " +"célja, hogy garantálja a szabadságod a szabad szoftver másolásában és " +"terjesztésében — ezáltal biztosítva a szoftver szabad " +"felhasználhatóságát minden felhasználó számára. A General Public License " +"vonatkozik a Free Software Foundation legtöbb szoftverére és minden más " +"programra, melyek szerzői ennek használatáról nyilatkoztak. (Néhány más " +"Szabad Szoftver Alapítvány-i szoftver ehelyett a GNU Lesser General Public " +"License-t használja.) Te is használhatod ezt programjaidhoz." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things." -msgstr "Amikor szabad szoftverről beszélünk, akkor a szabadságra utalunk, nem az árra. GPL licenceinket arra terveztük, hogy biztosítsuk szabadságod a szabad szoftver másolatainak terjesztésére (és költség felszámítására a szolgáltatásért, ha kívánod), amelyek forráskódját megkapod vagy megkaphatod, ha akarod; amely szoftvert megváltoztathatsz vagy darabjait használhatod új szabad programokban; és tudd azt, hogy megteheted ezeket a dolgokat." +msgid "" +"When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our " +"General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom " +"to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you " +"wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you " +"can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that " +"you know you can do these things." +msgstr "" +"Amikor szabad szoftverről beszélünk, akkor a szabadságra utalunk, nem az " +"árra. GPL licenceinket arra terveztük, hogy biztosítsuk szabadságod a szabad " +"szoftver másolatainak terjesztésére (és költség felszámítására a " +"szolgáltatásért, ha kívánod), amelyek forráskódját megkapod vagy " +"megkaphatod, ha akarod; amely szoftvert megváltoztathatsz vagy darabjait " +"használhatod új szabad programokban; és tudd azt, hogy megteheted ezeket a " +"dolgokat." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it." -msgstr "Jogaid védelmére, szükségesnek tartjuk korlátozások megtételét, melyek megtiltják, hogy valaki megtagadja Tőled ezeket a jogokat, vagy Téged jogaid lemondására kérjen. E korlátozások a Te kötelezettségeidet írják elő, ha a szoftverek másolatait terjeszted, vagy módosítod azokat." +msgid "" +"To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to " +"deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These " +"restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute " +"copies of the software, or if you modify it." +msgstr "" +"Jogaid védelmére, szükségesnek tartjuk korlátozások megtételét, melyek " +"megtiltják, hogy valaki megtagadja Tőled ezeket a jogokat, vagy Téged jogaid " +"lemondására kérjen. E korlátozások a Te kötelezettségeidet írják elő, ha a " +"szoftverek másolatait terjeszted, vagy módosítod azokat." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:75 #, no-c-format -msgid "For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights." -msgstr "Például, ha akár ingyen akár pénzért ilyen program másolatait terjeszted, minden jogodat meg kell adnod az átvevőknek. Meg kell győződnöd róla, hogy ők is megkapják, vagy megkaphatják a forráskódot. És ismertetned kell számukra ezeket a kikötéseket, hogy ők is megismerjék a jogaikat." +msgid "" +"For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or " +"for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You " +"must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you " +"must show them these terms so they know their rights." +msgstr "" +"Például, ha akár ingyen akár pénzért ilyen program másolatait terjeszted, " +"minden jogodat meg kell adnod az átvevőknek. Meg kell győződnöd róla, hogy " +"ők is megkapják, vagy megkaphatják a forráskódot. És ismertetned kell " +"számukra ezeket a kikötéseket, hogy ők is megismerjék a jogaikat." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:83 #, no-c-format -msgid "We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software." -msgstr "A jogaid két eszközzel védjük: (1) a szoftvert szerzői jogi védelem alá helyezzük, és (2) átadjuk Neked ezt a licencet, amely jogszerű engedélyt ad a szoftver másolására, terjesztésére és/vagy módosítására." +msgid "" +"We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) " +"offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute " +"and/or modify the software." +msgstr "" +"A jogaid két eszközzel védjük: (1) a szoftvert szerzői jogi védelem alá " +"helyezzük, és (2) átadjuk Neked ezt a licencet, amely jogszerű engedélyt ad " +"a szoftver másolására, terjesztésére és/vagy módosítására." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:89 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations." -msgstr "Valamint, minden szerző és a saját magunk védelmében, biztosak akarunk lenni abban, hogy mindenki megérti: nincs szavatosság a szabad szoftverre. Ha a szoftvert valaki módosította és továbbadta, azt akarjuk, annak átvevői tudják, hogy nem az eredetit birtokolják, és így semmilyen, mások által bevitt probléma nem vet rossz fényt az eredeti szerzők jó hírnevére." +msgid "" +"Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that " +"everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If " +"the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its " +"recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any " +"problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' " +"reputations." +msgstr "" +"Valamint, minden szerző és a saját magunk védelmében, biztosak akarunk lenni " +"abban, hogy mindenki megérti: nincs szavatosság a szabad szoftverre. Ha a " +"szoftvert valaki módosította és továbbadta, azt akarjuk, annak átvevői " +"tudják, hogy nem az eredetit birtokolják, és így semmilyen, mások által " +"bevitt probléma nem vet rossz fényt az eredeti szerzők jó hírnevére." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:98 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all." -msgstr "Végül, minden szabad program állandó fenyegetettség alatt áll a szoftver-szabadalmaktól. El akarjuk kerülni a veszélyt, hogy egy szabad program újraelosztói egyedileg szabadalmi jogot nyerjenek, és így a program szabadalmi oltalom alá kerüljön. Ennek elkerülése végett egyértelműen lefektettük, hogy minden, a programban felhasznált szabadalom bárki számára szabadon felhasználható legyen, vagy ne is essen szabadalmi védelem alá." +msgid "" +"Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We " +"wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will " +"individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program " +"proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be " +"licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all." +msgstr "" +"Végül, minden szabad program állandó fenyegetettség alatt áll a szoftver-" +"szabadalmaktól. El akarjuk kerülni a veszélyt, hogy egy szabad program " +"újraelosztói egyedileg szabadalmi jogot nyerjenek, és így a program " +"szabadalmi oltalom alá kerüljön. Ennek elkerülése végett egyértelműen " +"lefektettük, hogy minden, a programban felhasznált szabadalom bárki számára " +"szabadon felhasználható legyen, vagy ne is essen szabadalmi védelem alá." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow." -msgstr "A másolásra, terjesztésre és módosításra vonatkozó pontos feltételeket a következő oldalon olvashatjuk." +msgid "" +"The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"A másolásra, terjesztésre és módosításra vonatkozó pontos feltételeket a " +"következő oldalon olvashatjuk." #. Tag: title #: gpl.xml:115 @@ -121,164 +233,498 @@ msgstr "A MÁSOLÁS, TERJESZTÉS ÉS MÓDOSÍTÁS FELTÉTELEI" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:121 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> Ez a licenc vonatkozik minden olyan programra vagy más munkára amely tartalmaz egy a szerzői jogok tulajdonosa által elhelyezett közleményt, amely azt tartalmazza, hogy a munka a General Public License-ben foglaltak betartásával terjeszthető. A következőkben \"Program\" alatt minden ilyen programot vagy munkát értünk, és \"programon alapuló munka\" alatt vagy a Programot vagy bármilyen azon alapuló, szerzői jogok által védett munkát. Ez lehet tehát egy olyan munka, amely tartalmazza a Programot vagy annak egy részét, módosításokkal és/vagy más nyelvekre fordítva, vagy módosítások nélkül. (A továbbiakban a fordítás minden korlátozás nélkül megegyezik a \"módosítással\"). Minden engedély Téged illet." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program or " +"other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it " +"may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The " +"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based " +"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under " +"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of " +"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another " +"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the " +"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">0.</emphasis> Ez a licenc vonatkozik minden olyan " +"programra vagy más munkára amely tartalmaz egy a szerzői jogok tulajdonosa " +"által elhelyezett közleményt, amely azt tartalmazza, hogy a munka a General " +"Public License-ben foglaltak betartásával terjeszthető. A következőkben " +"\"Program\" alatt minden ilyen programot vagy munkát értünk, és \"programon " +"alapuló munka\" alatt vagy a Programot vagy bármilyen azon alapuló, szerzői " +"jogok által védett munkát. Ez lehet tehát egy olyan munka, amely tartalmazza " +"a Programot vagy annak egy részét, módosításokkal és/vagy más nyelvekre " +"fordítva, vagy módosítások nélkül. (A továbbiakban a fordítás minden " +"korlátozás nélkül megegyezik a \"módosítással\"). Minden engedély Téged " +"illet." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does." -msgstr "A másoláson, terjesztésen és módosításon kívül más tevékenységekre nem terjed ki e licenc: ezek e licenc hatályán kívül esnek. A program futtatására nézve semmilyen korlátozás sincs, a program kimenetére csak akkor terjed ki ez a licenc, ha a kimenet tartalma egy a Programon alapuló munkának minősül (attól függetlenül, hogy a módosított változatot a program futtatásával hoztuk létre). Hogy ez igaz-e, attól függ, mit tesz a Program." +msgid "" +"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered " +"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program " +"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its " +"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been " +"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the " +"Program does." +msgstr "" +"A másoláson, terjesztésen és módosításon kívül más tevékenységekre nem " +"terjed ki e licenc: ezek e licenc hatályán kívül esnek. A program " +"futtatására nézve semmilyen korlátozás sincs, a program kimenetére csak " +"akkor terjed ki ez a licenc, ha a kimenet tartalma egy a Programon alapuló " +"munkának minősül (attól függetlenül, hogy a módosított változatot a program " +"futtatásával hoztuk létre). Hogy ez igaz-e, attól függ, mit tesz a Program." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:143 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> Másolhatod és terjesztheted a Program forráskódjának szó szerinti másolatait, ahogy hozzájutottál valamely adathordozón, feltéve, ha szembetűnően és alkalmasan közzéteszel minden másolaton egy bejegyzést a szerzői jogról és a szavatosság kizárásáról, érintetlenül hagyod azokat a bejegyzéseket, melyek erre a Jogosítványra és a szavatosság hiányára vonatkoznak, és a Program másik átvevőjének átadod ennek a jogosítványnak a másolatát a Programmal együtt." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim " +"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, " +"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an " +"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the " +"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and " +"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with " +"the Program." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.</emphasis> Másolhatod és terjesztheted a Program " +"forráskódjának szó szerinti másolatait, ahogy hozzájutottál valamely " +"adathordozón, feltéve, ha szembetűnően és alkalmasan közzéteszel minden " +"másolaton egy bejegyzést a szerzői jogról és a szavatosság kizárásáról, " +"érintetlenül hagyod azokat a bejegyzéseket, melyek erre a Jogosítványra és a " +"szavatosság hiányára vonatkoznak, és a Program másik átvevőjének átadod " +"ennek a jogosítványnak a másolatát a Programmal együtt." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:154 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." -msgstr "Felszámíthatsz költséget a másolat átvitelének fizikai elvégzéséért, és ajánlatot tehetsz szavatossági védelemre díjazás ellenében." +msgid "" +"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you " +"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." +msgstr "" +"Felszámíthatsz költséget a másolat átvitelének fizikai elvégzéséért, és " +"ajánlatot tehetsz szavatossági védelemre díjazás ellenében." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:160 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> Módosíthatod a Program másolatát vagy másolatait vagy annak egy részét, így kialakítva egy, a Programon alapuló munkát, és másolhatod és terjesztheted az ilyen módosulatokat és munkákat a megelőző, fenti pont követelményei szerint, feltéve, hogy eleget teszel az alábbi követelmények mindegyikének is:" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of " +"the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, " +"and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of " +"Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">2.</emphasis> Módosíthatod a Program másolatát vagy " +"másolatait vagy annak egy részét, így kialakítva egy, a Programon alapuló " +"munkát, és másolhatod és terjesztheted az ilyen módosulatokat és munkákat a " +"megelőző, fenti pont követelményei szerint, feltéve, hogy eleget teszel az " +"alábbi követelmények mindegyikének is:" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:169 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change." -msgstr "Úgy kell létrehoznod a módosított fájlokat, hogy szembetűnő bejegyzést viseljenek, kijelentve, hogy megváltoztattad a fájlokat, és közölve a változtatás dátumát." +msgid "" +"You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that " +"you changed the files and the date of any change." +msgstr "" +"Úgy kell létrehoznod a módosított fájlokat, hogy szembetűnő bejegyzést " +"viseljenek, kijelentve, hogy megváltoztattad a fájlokat, és közölve a " +"változtatás dátumát." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License." -msgstr "Úgy kell létrehoznod bármely munkát, melyet terjesztesz vagy publikálsz, mely egészében vagy részben tartalmaz vagy származik a Programból vagy annak részéből, hogy jogosítva legyen teljes egészében díjmentesen minden harmadik fél számára ezen Jogosítvány követelményei szerint." +msgid "" +"You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in " +"part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be " +"licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of " +"this License." +msgstr "" +"Úgy kell létrehoznod bármely munkát, melyet terjesztesz vagy publikálsz, " +"mely egészében vagy részben tartalmaz vagy származik a Programból vagy annak " +"részéből, hogy jogosítva legyen teljes egészében díjmentesen minden harmadik " +"fél számára ezen Jogosítvány követelményei szerint." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:183 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)" -msgstr "Ha a módosított program rendes körülmények között futás közben interaktív módon parancsokat olvas, biztosítanod kell, mikor az ilyen interaktív futás használata megkezdődik a legáltalánosabb módon nyomtasson vagy írjon ki egy közleményt, amely tartalmaz egy megfelelő szerzői jogi bejegyzést és nyilatkozatot arról, hogy nincs rá szavatosság (vagy egyébként kijelentve, hogy a szavatosságot Te vállalod), és azt, hogy a használók újra terjeszthetik a programot ezen feltételekkel, és közölve a használókkal, hogyan tekinthetik meg annek a Jogosítványnak a másolatát. (Kivétel, ha a program maga interaktív, de rendes körülmények között nem ad így ki közleményt, a programodon alapuló munkád nem teszi szükségessé nyilatkozat kiadását.)" +msgid "" +"If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you " +"must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most " +"ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate " +"copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying " +"that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program " +"under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this " +"License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not " +"normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not " +"required to print an announcement.)" +msgstr "" +"Ha a módosított program rendes körülmények között futás közben interaktív " +"módon parancsokat olvas, biztosítanod kell, mikor az ilyen interaktív futás " +"használata megkezdődik a legáltalánosabb módon nyomtasson vagy írjon ki egy " +"közleményt, amely tartalmaz egy megfelelő szerzői jogi bejegyzést és " +"nyilatkozatot arról, hogy nincs rá szavatosság (vagy egyébként kijelentve, " +"hogy a szavatosságot Te vállalod), és azt, hogy a használók újra " +"terjeszthetik a programot ezen feltételekkel, és közölve a használókkal, " +"hogyan tekinthetik meg annek a Jogosítványnak a másolatát. (Kivétel, ha a " +"program maga interaktív, de rendes körülmények között nem ad így ki " +"közleményt, a programodon alapuló munkád nem teszi szükségessé nyilatkozat " +"kiadását.)" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:197 #, no-c-format -msgid "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it." -msgstr "Ezeket a követelményeket a módosított munka egészére kell alkalmazni. Ha ennek a munkának meghatározható részei nem származnak a Programból, és indokoltan tekintetbe vehetők a független és önmagukban elkülöníthető munkák, akkor ezen Jogosítványt és követelményeit nem kell alkalmazni azokra a részekre, melyeket elkülönített munkaként terjesztesz. De ha ugyanezeket a részeket úgy forgalmazod, mint az egész programon alapuló munka egy részét, az egész terjesztésednek meg kell felelnie ezen Jogosítvány követelményeinek, amely megengedi más jogosultaknak a kiterjesztését a teljes egészre, és így mindenkinek és minden részre, attól függetlenül, hogy ki írta azt." +msgid "" +"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable " +"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be " +"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then " +"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you " +"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections " +"as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of " +"the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other " +"licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part " +"regardless of who wrote it." +msgstr "" +"Ezeket a követelményeket a módosított munka egészére kell alkalmazni. Ha " +"ennek a munkának meghatározható részei nem származnak a Programból, és " +"indokoltan tekintetbe vehetők a független és önmagukban elkülöníthető " +"munkák, akkor ezen Jogosítványt és követelményeit nem kell alkalmazni azokra " +"a részekre, melyeket elkülönített munkaként terjesztesz. De ha ugyanezeket a " +"részeket úgy forgalmazod, mint az egész programon alapuló munka egy részét, " +"az egész terjesztésednek meg kell felelnie ezen Jogosítvány " +"követelményeinek, amely megengedi más jogosultaknak a kiterjesztését a " +"teljes egészre, és így mindenkinek és minden részre, attól függetlenül, hogy " +"ki írta azt." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:210 #, no-c-format -msgid "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program." -msgstr "Tehát nem célja ennek a szakasznak, hogy jogokat igényeljen vagy a teljes egészében az általad írt munkákra jogokat tartson fel, inkább az a célja, hogy gyakorolja a programon alapuló közös munkák terjesztésének és származtatásának ellenőrzési jogát." +msgid "" +"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your " +"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise " +"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works " +"based on the Program." +msgstr "" +"Tehát nem célja ennek a szakasznak, hogy jogokat igényeljen vagy a teljes " +"egészében az általad írt munkákra jogokat tartson fel, inkább az a célja, " +"hogy gyakorolja a programon alapuló közös munkák terjesztésének és " +"származtatásának ellenőrzési jogát." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:217 #, no-c-format -msgid "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License." -msgstr "Mindamellett a Programmal (vagy a Programon alapuló munkával) a nem a Programon alapuló más munkák puszta felhalmozása a tárolók vagy a forgalmazási résztvevők tömegében nem eredményezi a más munkák ezen Jogosítvány hatókörébe tartozását." +msgid "" +"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with " +"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage " +"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this " +"License." +msgstr "" +"Mindamellett a Programmal (vagy a Programon alapuló munkával) a nem a " +"Programon alapuló más munkák puszta felhalmozása a tárolók vagy a " +"forgalmazási résztvevők tömegében nem eredményezi a más munkák ezen " +"Jogosítvány hatókörébe tartozását." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:224 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> Másolhatod és terjesztheted a Programot (vagy a 2. szakasz alatti, azon alapuló munkát) tárgykódban vagy végrehajtható formában a fenti 1. és 2. szakasz követelményei szerint, feltéve, hogy elvégzed a következők egyikét is:" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the " +"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or " +"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you " +"also do one of the following:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> Másolhatod és terjesztheted a " +"Programot (vagy a 2. szakasz alatti, azon alapuló munkát) tárgykódban vagy " +"végrehajtható formában a fenti 1. és 2. szakasz követelményei szerint, " +"feltéve, hogy elvégzed a következők egyikét is:" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:233 #, no-c-format -msgid "Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," -msgstr "Ellátod azt a teljes, annak megfelelő, géppel olvasható forráskóddal, amely a fenti 1. és 2. szakasz követelményei szerint terjeszthető a szoftver cserére szokásosan használt hordozókon, vagy" +msgid "" +"Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, " +"which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a " +"medium customarily used for software interchange; or," +msgstr "" +"Ellátod azt a teljes, annak megfelelő, géppel olvasható forráskóddal, amely " +"a fenti 1. és 2. szakasz követelményei szerint terjeszthető a szoftver " +"cserére szokásosan használt hordozókon, vagy" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:241 #, no-c-format -msgid "Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," -msgstr "Ellátod azt egy, legalább három évig érvényes írásos ajánlattal, bármely harmadik félnek arról, hogy a díj nem több, mint a forrásód terjesztési fizikai közreműködési költsége a teljes megfelelő géppel olvasható forráskóddal, amely a fenti 1. és 2. szakasz követelményei szerint terjeszthető a szoftver cserére szokásosan használt hordozókon, vagy" +msgid "" +"Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give " +"any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically " +"performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the " +"corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 " +"and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," +msgstr "" +"Ellátod azt egy, legalább három évig érvényes írásos ajánlattal, bármely " +"harmadik félnek arról, hogy a díj nem több, mint a forrásód terjesztési " +"fizikai közreműködési költsége a teljes megfelelő géppel olvasható " +"forráskóddal, amely a fenti 1. és 2. szakasz követelményei szerint " +"terjeszthető a szoftver cserére szokásosan használt hordozókon, vagy" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)" -msgstr "Ellátod azt azzal az információval, amelyet ajánlatként kaptál a megfelelő forráskód terjesztésére (ez a változat csak nem kereskedelmi forgalmazás esetén megengedett, és csak akkor, ha a programot tárgykódban vagy végrehajtható formában kaptad ilyen ajánlatként, a fenti, második alpontnak megfelelően)." +msgid "" +"Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute " +"corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for " +"noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object " +"code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b " +"above.)" +msgstr "" +"Ellátod azt azzal az információval, amelyet ajánlatként kaptál a megfelelő " +"forráskód terjesztésére (ez a változat csak nem kereskedelmi forgalmazás " +"esetén megengedett, és csak akkor, ha a programot tárgykódban vagy " +"végrehajtható formában kaptad ilyen ajánlatként, a fenti, második alpontnak " +"megfelelően)." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable." -msgstr "A forráskód egy munka számára a munka benyújtott formáját jelenti módosulatának elkészítéséhez. Egy végrehajtható munka esetében teljes forráskód jelenti az összes modul forráskódját, amelyet tartalmaz, plusz valamennyi interfész definiáló állományt, plusz a végrehajtható programba szerkesztés és beiktatás irányításához használt leírást. Azonban, speciális kivételként, a terjesztett forráskódnak nem kell tartalmaznia olyasmit, amit rendes körülmények között annak az operációs rendszernek a részeként (szerkesztő, kernel, stb.) terjesztenek (akár forrás, akár bináris formában), amely alatt a végrehajtható rész fut anélkül, hogy maga a komponens a végrehajtható részévé válna." +msgid "" +"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making " +"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all " +"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface " +"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and " +"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source " +"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in " +"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, " +"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that " +"component itself accompanies the executable." +msgstr "" +"A forráskód egy munka számára a munka benyújtott formáját jelenti " +"módosulatának elkészítéséhez. Egy végrehajtható munka esetében teljes " +"forráskód jelenti az összes modul forráskódját, amelyet tartalmaz, plusz " +"valamennyi interfész definiáló állományt, plusz a végrehajtható programba " +"szerkesztés és beiktatás irányításához használt leírást. Azonban, speciális " +"kivételként, a terjesztett forráskódnak nem kell tartalmaznia olyasmit, amit " +"rendes körülmények között annak az operációs rendszernek a részeként " +"(szerkesztő, kernel, stb.) terjesztenek (akár forrás, akár bináris " +"formában), amely alatt a végrehajtható rész fut anélkül, hogy maga a " +"komponens a végrehajtható részévé válna." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code." -msgstr "Ha a végrehajtható rész vagy tárgykód terjesztése egy megnevezett helyről történő másolási elérhetőség ajánlása alapján készült, akkor a forráskód egyenértékű másolási elérhetőségének ajánlása ugyanarról a helyről kielégíti a forráskód terjesztésének követelményét, ámbár harmadik felet nem kötelezi a forráskód lemásolására a tárgykóddal együtt." +msgid "" +"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to " +"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the " +"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, " +"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with " +"the object code." +msgstr "" +"Ha a végrehajtható rész vagy tárgykód terjesztése egy megnevezett helyről " +"történő másolási elérhetőség ajánlása alapján készült, akkor a forráskód " +"egyenértékű másolási elérhetőségének ajánlása ugyanarról a helyről kielégíti " +"a forráskód terjesztésének követelményét, ámbár harmadik felet nem kötelezi " +"a forráskód lemásolására a tárgykóddal együtt." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:281 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> Nem szabad másolnod, módosítanod, aljogosítvánnyal ellátnod vagy terjesztened a Programot, kivéve, ha erről ezen Jogosítvány határozottan rendelkezik. Egyébként a Program másolásának, módosításának, aljogosítvánnyal ellátásának vagy terjesztésének bármilyen kísérlete érvénytelen, és automatikusan megszünteti ezen Jogosítvány szerinti jogaid. Mindamellett azok jogai, akik e Licenc alapján másolatokat vagy jogokat kaptak tőled nem szűnnek meg, míg azt teljes egészében betartják." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, " +"or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. " +"Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program " +"is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. " +"However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this " +"License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties " +"remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4.</emphasis> Nem szabad másolnod, módosítanod, " +"aljogosítvánnyal ellátnod vagy terjesztened a Programot, kivéve, ha erről " +"ezen Jogosítvány határozottan rendelkezik. Egyébként a Program másolásának, " +"módosításának, aljogosítvánnyal ellátásának vagy terjesztésének bármilyen " +"kísérlete érvénytelen, és automatikusan megszünteti ezen Jogosítvány " +"szerinti jogaid. Mindamellett azok jogai, akik e Licenc alapján másolatokat " +"vagy jogokat kaptak tőled nem szűnnek meg, míg azt teljes egészében " +"betartják." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:292 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> Nem kell elfogadnod e szabályzatot, hiszen nem írtad alá. Ezen kívül viszont semmi más nem adhat jogokat a Program vagy az azon alapuló munka továbbterjesztésére és módosítására. Ezeket a cselekedeteket a törvény bünteti, ha nem ennek a szerzői jogi szabályozásnak a keretei között történnek. Mindezek miatt a Program (vagy a Programon alapuló munka) terjesztése vagy módosítása ezen dokumentum másolásra, terjesztésre és módosításra vonatkozó feltételeinek és szabályainak elfogadását jelenti." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this " +"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you " +"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. " +"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. " +"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on " +"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all " +"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program " +"or works based on it." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">5.</emphasis> Nem kell elfogadnod e szabályzatot, " +"hiszen nem írtad alá. Ezen kívül viszont semmi más nem adhat jogokat a " +"Program vagy az azon alapuló munka továbbterjesztésére és módosítására. " +"Ezeket a cselekedeteket a törvény bünteti, ha nem ennek a szerzői jogi " +"szabályozásnak a keretei között történnek. Mindezek miatt a Program (vagy a " +"Programon alapuló munka) terjesztése vagy módosítása ezen dokumentum " +"másolásra, terjesztésre és módosításra vonatkozó feltételeinek és " +"szabályainak elfogadását jelenti." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:304 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> Valahányszor továbbadod a Programot (vagy bármely a Programon alapuló munkát), a címzett automatikusan elnyeri az eredeti jogosult jogait az ezen kikötések és feltételek tárgyát képező Programok másolására, terjesztésére vagy módosítására. Nem köthetsz ki semmilyen újabb korlátozást a címzettre itt biztosított jogainak gyakorlásában. Nem vagy felelős a Licenc harmadik fél általi betartatásában." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program " +"(or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a " +"license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program " +"subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further " +"restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You " +"are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this " +"License." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3.</emphasis> Valahányszor továbbadod a Programot " +"(vagy bármely a Programon alapuló munkát), a címzett automatikusan elnyeri " +"az eredeti jogosult jogait az ezen kikötések és feltételek tárgyát képező " +"Programok másolására, terjesztésére vagy módosítására. Nem köthetsz ki " +"semmilyen újabb korlátozást a címzettre itt biztosított jogainak " +"gyakorlásában. Nem vagy felelős a Licenc harmadik fél általi betartatásában." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:315 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> Ha bírósági határozat, szabadalomsértés miatt vagy bármely egyéb (nem csak szabadalom-kiadásokkal kapcsolatos) okból olyan feltételek állnak Rád (bírói rendelkezés, megállapodás, vagy egyéb alapján), amelyek ellentmondanak e Licenc feltételeinek, ezek nem mentenek fel e Licenc feltételei alól. Ha nem tudsz úgy terjeszteni, hogy egyszerre eleget tegyél e Licencből eredő és bármely más ide tartozó kötelezettségeidnek, akkor ennek következményeként a Programot egyáltalán nem terjesztheted. Például, ha egy szabadalmi Licenc nem engedi meg a Program jogdíj-mente terjesztését senki által, aki közvetlenül vagy közvetetten rajtad keresztül másolathoz jutott, akkor az egyetlen lehetőség, hogy eleget tehessél ennek és e Licencnek az, ha teljesen elállsz a Program terjesztésétől." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court " +"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not " +"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court " +"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this " +"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you " +"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under " +"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you " +"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license " +"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who " +"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you " +"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from " +"distribution of the Program." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">7.</emphasis> Ha bírósági határozat, " +"szabadalomsértés miatt vagy bármely egyéb (nem csak szabadalom-kiadásokkal " +"kapcsolatos) okból olyan feltételek állnak Rád (bírói rendelkezés, " +"megállapodás, vagy egyéb alapján), amelyek ellentmondanak e Licenc " +"feltételeinek, ezek nem mentenek fel e Licenc feltételei alól. Ha nem tudsz " +"úgy terjeszteni, hogy egyszerre eleget tegyél e Licencből eredő és bármely " +"más ide tartozó kötelezettségeidnek, akkor ennek következményeként a " +"Programot egyáltalán nem terjesztheted. Például, ha egy szabadalmi Licenc " +"nem engedi meg a Program jogdíj-mente terjesztését senki által, aki " +"közvetlenül vagy közvetetten rajtad keresztül másolathoz jutott, akkor az " +"egyetlen lehetőség, hogy eleget tehessél ennek és e Licencnek az, ha " +"teljesen elállsz a Program terjesztésétől." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." -msgstr "Ha e szakasz bármely része érvénytelennek vagy érvényesíthetetlennek tartott sajátos körülmények között, a szakasz fennmaradó része, más körülmények között a szakasz egésze alkalmazandó." +msgid "" +"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any " +"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and " +"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." +msgstr "" +"Ha e szakasz bármely része érvénytelennek vagy érvényesíthetetlennek tartott " +"sajátos körülmények között, a szakasz fennmaradó része, más körülmények " +"között a szakasz egésze alkalmazandó." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice." -msgstr "E szakasznak nem az a célja, hogy rábírjon valamely szabadalom vagy tulajdoni jog megsértésére, vagy ilyen igény érvényének megtámadására. E szakasznak egyetlen célja megvédeni a szabad szoftverek terjesztési rendszerének sértetlenségét, ami a nyilvános Licenc gyakorlatában teljesül. Sok ember adott nagylelkű hozzájárulást számos e rendszerrel terjesztett szoftverhez e rendszer következetes alkalmazásában bízva: a szerző/adományozó döntés el, a szoftvert e rendszerben, vagy egy más rendszerben terjeszti, a jogosult írhatja elő e választást." +msgid "" +"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents " +"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; " +"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free " +"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license " +"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of " +"software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent " +"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or " +"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a " +"licensee cannot impose that choice." +msgstr "" +"E szakasznak nem az a célja, hogy rábírjon valamely szabadalom vagy " +"tulajdoni jog megsértésére, vagy ilyen igény érvényének megtámadására. E " +"szakasznak egyetlen célja megvédeni a szabad szoftverek terjesztési " +"rendszerének sértetlenségét, ami a nyilvános Licenc gyakorlatában teljesül. " +"Sok ember adott nagylelkű hozzájárulást számos e rendszerrel terjesztett " +"szoftverhez e rendszer következetes alkalmazásában bízva: a szerző/" +"adományozó döntés el, a szoftvert e rendszerben, vagy egy más rendszerben " +"terjeszti, a jogosult írhatja elő e választást." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License." -msgstr "E szakasznak célja teljesen tisztázni, mit gondolunk e Licenc nyújtotta támasz jelentőségéről." +msgid "" +"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a " +"consequence of the rest of this License." +msgstr "" +"E szakasznak célja teljesen tisztázni, mit gondolunk e Licenc nyújtotta " +"támasz jelentőségéről." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> Ha a Program terjesztését és/vagy használatát egyes országokban szabadalmak vagy szerzői jogokkal védett kapcsolódási felületek korlátozzák, akkor az eredeti szerzői jog tulajdonos, aki a Programot e Licenc hatálya alá helyezte, hozzátehet egy kifejezett földrajzi terjesztési korlátozást kizárva ezen országokat, így a terjesztés csak az így ki nem zárt országokban engedélyezett. Ilyen esetben e Licenc úgy foglalja magába e korlátozást, mintha e Licenc törzsszövegébe lenne írva." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the " +"Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by " +"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program " +"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation " +"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or " +"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates " +"the limitation as if written in the body of this License." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">8.</emphasis> Ha a Program terjesztését és/vagy " +"használatát egyes országokban szabadalmak vagy szerzői jogokkal védett " +"kapcsolódási felületek korlátozzák, akkor az eredeti szerzői jog tulajdonos, " +"aki a Programot e Licenc hatálya alá helyezte, hozzátehet egy kifejezett " +"földrajzi terjesztési korlátozást kizárva ezen országokat, így a terjesztés " +"csak az így ki nem zárt országokban engedélyezett. Ilyen esetben e Licenc " +"úgy foglalja magába e korlátozást, mintha e Licenc törzsszövegébe lenne írva." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:368 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> A Free Software Foundation időről-időre közölheti a General Public License módosított és/vagy új változatait. Az ilyen új változatok szellemükben hasonlóak lesznek a jelenlegi változathoz, de részletekben eltérhetnek, hogy új problémákat és vonatkozásokat célozzanak meg. Minden változatnak megkülönböztető száma van. Ha a Program megadja e Licenc rá vonatkozó verziószámát és \"egy későbbi verziót\", választhatsz, hogy a jelenlegi vagy a Free Software Foundation által bármely később kiadott változat követelményeit és feltételeit követed. Ha a Program nem határozza meg e Licenc egy verziószámát, a Free Software Foundation által valaha közölt bármely verziót választhatod." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may " +"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time " +"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, " +"but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version " +"is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version " +"number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you " +"have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version " +"or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the " +"Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose " +"any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">9.</emphasis> A Free Software Foundation időről-" +"időre közölheti a General Public License módosított és/vagy új változatait. " +"Az ilyen új változatok szellemükben hasonlóak lesznek a jelenlegi " +"változathoz, de részletekben eltérhetnek, hogy új problémákat és " +"vonatkozásokat célozzanak meg. Minden változatnak megkülönböztető száma van. " +"Ha a Program megadja e Licenc rá vonatkozó verziószámát és \"egy későbbi " +"verziót\", választhatsz, hogy a jelenlegi vagy a Free Software Foundation " +"által bármely később kiadott változat követelményeit és feltételeit követed. " +"Ha a Program nem határozza meg e Licenc egy verziószámát, a Free Software " +"Foundation által valaha közölt bármely verziót választhatod." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> Ha be akarod foglalni a Program részeit más szabad programokba, melyek terjesztési feltételei eltérőek, írásban kérd a szerző engedélyét. Amely szoftver esetén a szerzői jog a Free Software Foundation-é, írj a Free Software Foundation-nek: mi olykor kivételt teszünk ezért. Döntésünket két cél vezérli: szabad szoftvereink minden származéka szabad státuszának megőrzése és szoftverek megosztásának és terjesztésének elősegítése általában." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of " +"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are " +"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is " +"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software " +"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be " +"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of " +"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software " +"generally." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">10.</emphasis> Ha be akarod foglalni a Program " +"részeit más szabad programokba, melyek terjesztési feltételei eltérőek, " +"írásban kérd a szerző engedélyét. Amely szoftver esetén a szerzői jog a Free " +"Software Foundation-é, írj a Free Software Foundation-nek: mi olykor " +"kivételt teszünk ezért. Döntésünket két cél vezérli: szabad szoftvereink " +"minden származéka szabad státuszának megőrzése és szoftverek megosztásának " +"és terjesztésének elősegítése általában." #. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:397 @@ -289,14 +735,51 @@ msgstr "SZAVATOSSÁG" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> MIVEL A PROGRAM DÍJMENTES LICENCŰ, A PROGRAMRA NINCS SZAVATOSSÁG AZ ALKALMAZHATÓ TÖRVÉNY ÁLTAL MEGENGEDETT MÉRTÉKIG. HA MÁS NEM ÁLL ÍRÁSBAN, A SZERZŐI JOG TULAJDONOSOK ÉS/VAGY MÁS FELEK A PROGRAMOT \"ÚGY AHOGY VAN\" ADJÁK, BÁRMILYEN KIFEJEZETT VAGY KI NEM MONDOTT SZAVATOSSÁG NÉLKÜL, BELEÉRTVE, DE NEM KIZÁRÓLAG A FORGALOMKÉPESSÉGRE ÉS SAJÁTOS CÉLRA VALÓ HELYESSÉG KIMONDATLAN SZAVATOSSÁGÁT. A TELJES KOCKÁZAT A PROGRAM MINŐSÉGÉRE ÉS TELJESÍTMÉNYÉRE A TIÉD. AMENNYIBEN A PROGRAM HIÁNYOSNAK BIZONYULNA, TE VÁLLALOD A SZÜKSÉGES SZOLGÁLTATÁS, JAVÍTÁS ÉS HELYESBÍTÉS KÖLTSÉGÉT." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE " +"OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY " +"APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT " +"HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY " +"OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE " +"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. " +"THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH " +"YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL " +"NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">11.</emphasis> MIVEL A PROGRAM DÍJMENTES LICENCŰ, A " +"PROGRAMRA NINCS SZAVATOSSÁG AZ ALKALMAZHATÓ TÖRVÉNY ÁLTAL MEGENGEDETT " +"MÉRTÉKIG. HA MÁS NEM ÁLL ÍRÁSBAN, A SZERZŐI JOG TULAJDONOSOK ÉS/VAGY MÁS " +"FELEK A PROGRAMOT \"ÚGY AHOGY VAN\" ADJÁK, BÁRMILYEN KIFEJEZETT VAGY KI NEM " +"MONDOTT SZAVATOSSÁG NÉLKÜL, BELEÉRTVE, DE NEM KIZÁRÓLAG A FORGALOMKÉPESSÉGRE " +"ÉS SAJÁTOS CÉLRA VALÓ HELYESSÉG KIMONDATLAN SZAVATOSSÁGÁT. A TELJES KOCKÁZAT " +"A PROGRAM MINŐSÉGÉRE ÉS TELJESÍTMÉNYÉRE A TIÉD. AMENNYIBEN A PROGRAM " +"HIÁNYOSNAK BIZONYULNA, TE VÁLLALOD A SZÜKSÉGES SZOLGÁLTATÁS, JAVÍTÁS ÉS " +"HELYESBÍTÉS KÖLTSÉGÉT." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:412 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL AND COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> KIZÁRÓLAG HA AZ ALKALMAZHATÓ TÖRVÉNY VAGY ÍRÁSBELI EGYEZSÉG KÖTELEZ, VÁLIK BÁRMELY SZERZŐI JOG TULAJDONOS VAGY MÁS FÉL, AKI A FENT ENGEDÉLYEZETT MÓDON MÓDOSÍTOTT ÉS/VAGY TERJESZTETTE A PROGRAMOT FELELŐSSÉ VELED SZEMBEN KÁROKÉRT, BELEÉRTVE BÁRMELY ÁLTALÁNOS, SPECIÁLIS, ESETLEGES VAGY KÖVETKEZMÉNYES KÁRT, AMELY HASZNÁLATON KÍVÜL VAGY A PROGRAM ALKALMATLANSÁGA RÉVÉN KELETKEZIK (BELEÉRTVE DE ARRA NEM KORLÁTOZVA ADATOK ELVESZTÉSÉRE, ADATOK PONTATLAN NYÚJTÁSÁRA, ÁLTALAD VAGY HARMADIK FÉL ÁLTAL FENNTARTOTT ADATOK VESZTESÉGÉRE VAGY MÁS PROGRAMMAL TÖRTÉNŐ EGYÜTTMŰKÖDÉS SIKERTELENSÉGÉRE), MÉG AKKOR IS, HA AZ ILYEN TULAJDONOS VAGY MÁS FÉL TÁJÉKOZTATOTT ILYEN KÁROK LEHETŐSÉGÉRŐL." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY " +"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL AND COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY " +"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED " +"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, " +"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO " +"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING " +"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE " +"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR " +"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">12.</emphasis> KIZÁRÓLAG HA AZ ALKALMAZHATÓ TÖRVÉNY " +"VAGY ÍRÁSBELI EGYEZSÉG KÖTELEZ, VÁLIK BÁRMELY SZERZŐI JOG TULAJDONOS VAGY " +"MÁS FÉL, AKI A FENT ENGEDÉLYEZETT MÓDON MÓDOSÍTOTT ÉS/VAGY TERJESZTETTE A " +"PROGRAMOT FELELŐSSÉ VELED SZEMBEN KÁROKÉRT, BELEÉRTVE BÁRMELY ÁLTALÁNOS, " +"SPECIÁLIS, ESETLEGES VAGY KÖVETKEZMÉNYES KÁRT, AMELY HASZNÁLATON KÍVÜL VAGY " +"A PROGRAM ALKALMATLANSÁGA RÉVÉN KELETKEZIK (BELEÉRTVE DE ARRA NEM KORLÁTOZVA " +"ADATOK ELVESZTÉSÉRE, ADATOK PONTATLAN NYÚJTÁSÁRA, ÁLTALAD VAGY HARMADIK FÉL " +"ÁLTAL FENNTARTOTT ADATOK VESZTESÉGÉRE VAGY MÁS PROGRAMMAL TÖRTÉNŐ " +"EGYÜTTMŰKÖDÉS SIKERTELENSÉGÉRE), MÉG AKKOR IS, HA AZ ILYEN TULAJDONOS VAGY " +"MÁS FÉL TÁJÉKOZTATOTT ILYEN KÁROK LEHETŐSÉGÉRŐL." #. Tag: emphasis #: gpl.xml:428 @@ -313,20 +796,36 @@ msgstr "A licenc-feltételek alkalmazásának módja az új programokra" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms." -msgstr "Ha új programot fejlesztesz, és azt szeretnéd, ha a legtöbb ember számára a lehető leghasználhatóbb legyen, ezt a legjobban úgy érheted el, ha szabad szoftverré teszed, melyet mindenki továbbadhat és változtathat a feltételek alapján." +msgid "" +"If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible " +"use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software " +"which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms." +msgstr "" +"Ha új programot fejlesztesz, és azt szeretnéd, ha a legtöbb ember számára a " +"lehető leghasználhatóbb legyen, ezt a legjobban úgy érheted el, ha szabad " +"szoftverré teszed, melyet mindenki továbbadhat és változtathat a feltételek " +"alapján." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found." -msgstr "Ehhez, csatold a következő megjegyzéseket a programhoz. A legjobb a forrásfájlok elejébe tenni őket a leghatásosabban átadni a garancia kizárását; és minden fájlnak legalább egy \"copyright\" sort kell tartalmaznia és egy hivatkozást a teljes bejegyzésre." +msgid "" +"To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to " +"attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the " +"exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the \"copyright\" " +"line and a pointer to where the full notice is found." +msgstr "" +"Ehhez, csatold a következő megjegyzéseket a programhoz. A legjobb a " +"forrásfájlok elejébe tenni őket a leghatásosabban átadni a garancia " +"kizárását; és minden fájlnak legalább egy \"copyright\" sort kell " +"tartalmaznia és egy hivatkozást a teljes bejegyzésre." #. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"<replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.</replaceable>\n" +"<replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it " +"does.</replaceable>\n" "Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</replaceable>\n" "\n" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n" @@ -341,9 +840,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" -"Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." +"Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, " +"USA." msgstr "" -"<replaceable>egy a program nevét és általános célját megadó sor.</replaceable>\n" +"<replaceable>egy a program nevét és általános célját megadó sor.</" +"replaceable>\n" "Copyright (C) <replaceable>2ÉV. a szerző neve</replaceable>\n" "\n" "Ez a program szabad szoftver; terjesztheted és/vagy\n" @@ -363,26 +864,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:450 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." -msgstr "Add meg továbbá, hogyan lehet kapcsolatba lépni veled email-ben vagy levélben." +msgid "" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail." +msgstr "" +"Add meg továbbá, hogyan lehet kapcsolatba lépni veled email-ben vagy " +"levélben." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:455 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:" -msgstr "Ha a program interaktív, tégy egy ehhez hasonló rövid leírást a kimenetébe ha interaktív módban indul:" +msgid "" +"If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when " +"it starts in an interactive mode:" +msgstr "" +"Ha a program interaktív, tégy egy ehhez hasonló rövid leírást a kimenetébe " +"ha interaktív módban indul:" #. Tag: screen #: gpl.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</replaceable>\n" +"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>year name of author</" +"replaceable>\n" "Gnomovision comes with absolutely no warranty; for details\n" "type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome\n" "to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'\n" "for details." msgstr "" -"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>2ÉV. a szerző neve</replaceable>\n" +"Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) <replaceable>2ÉV. a szerző neve</" +"replaceable>\n" "A Gnomovision-t JÓTÁLLÁS NÉLKÜL adjuk; a részletekért\n" "gépeld be az alábbit: `show w'. Ez szabad szoftver, és hálásak vagyunk,\n" "ha terjeszted egyes feltételek mellett; gépeld be a `show c'-t\n" @@ -391,13 +901,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:462 #, no-c-format -msgid "The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items — whatever suits your program." -msgstr "A feltételezett `show w' és `show c' parancs a General Public License megfelelő részeit mutatja. Természetesen az általad használt parancsok mások is lehetnek, mint a `show w' és `show c'; lehetnek egér-kattintások vagy menüpontok — ahogy a programba illik." +msgid "" +"The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate " +"parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be " +"called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-" +"clicks or menu items — whatever suits your program." +msgstr "" +"A feltételezett `show w' és `show c' parancs a General Public License " +"megfelelő részeit mutatja. Természetesen az általad használt parancsok mások " +"is lehetnek, mint a `show w' és `show c'; lehetnek egér-kattintások vagy " +"menüpontok — ahogy a programba illik." #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:470 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:" +msgid "" +"You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your " +"school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if " +"necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -415,6 +936,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: gpl.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License." -msgstr "Az itt leírt General Public License tiltja a program beépítését tulajdonjogokkal korlátozott programokba. Ha a program egy függvénytár, úgy tűnhet, hasznosabb lehet linkelésének engedélyezése ilyen alkalmazásokkal. Ha ezt akarod, használd a GNU Lesser General Public License-t e licenc helyett." - +msgid "" +"This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into " +"proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may " +"consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the " +"library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public " +"License instead of this License." +msgstr "" +"Az itt leírt General Public License tiltja a program beépítését " +"tulajdonjogokkal korlátozott programokba. Ha a program egy függvénytár, úgy " +"tűnhet, hasznosabb lehet linkelésének engedélyezése ilyen alkalmazásokkal. " +"Ha ezt akarod, használd a GNU Lesser General Public License-t e licenc " +"helyett." diff --git a/po/hu/installation-howto.po b/po/hu/installation-howto.po index 4d91506ab..158fd12c9 100644 --- a/po/hu/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/hu/installation-howto.po @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: \n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 13:08+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: hu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" @@ -21,8 +22,20 @@ msgstr "Telepítő Hogyan" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "E dokumentum leírja a &debian; &releasename; telepítését &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) gépre az új &d-i; eszköz használatával. Ez a telepítés lépésinek gyors áttekintése, mely tartalmazza a legtöbb telepítéshez szükséges össze adatot. Ahol további részletesebb adatok lehetnek, linket adunk a <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Telepítő Útmutató</link> részletesebb leírására." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"E dokumentum leírja a &debian; &releasename; telepítését &arch-title; " +"(<quote>&architecture;</quote>) gépre az új &d-i; eszköz használatával. Ez a " +"telepítés lépésinek gyors áttekintése, mely tartalmazza a legtöbb " +"telepítéshez szükséges össze adatot. Ahol további részletesebb adatok " +"lehetnek, linket adunk a <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide" +"\">&debian; Telepítő Útmutató</link> részletesebb leírására." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -33,8 +46,19 @@ msgstr "Elöljáróban" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Ez még mindig a debian-installer béta állapota. </phrase> Ha hibát találsz, nézd meg a <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> részt a jelentés módjáról. Ha e dokumentum nem válaszol egy kérdésedre, fordulj a debian-boot listához (&email-debian-boot-list;) vagy tedd fel IRC-n (#debian-boot az OFTC hálózaton)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Ez még mindig a debian-installer " +"béta állapota. </phrase> Ha hibát találsz, nézd meg a <xref linkend=\"submit-" +"bug\"/> részt a jelentés módjáról. Ha e dokumentum nem válaszol egy " +"kérdésedre, fordulj a debian-boot listához (&email-debian-boot-list;) vagy " +"tedd fel IRC-n (#debian-boot az OFTC hálózaton)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -45,20 +69,42 @@ msgstr "A telepítő indítása" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Gyors CD-kép elérésekhez, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; honlapot</ulink>. </phrase> A debian-cd csapat biztosít &d-i; programot adó CD-képeket a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD oldalon</ulink>. További adatok a CD-képek letöltéséről: <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Gyors CD-kép elérésekhez, lásd a " +"<ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; honlapot</ulink>. </phrase> A debian-cd " +"csapat biztosít &d-i; programot adó CD-képeket a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;" +"\">Debian CD oldalon</ulink>. További adatok a CD-képek letöltéséről: <xref " +"linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Egyes telepítő módok a CD-képektől eltérő képeket kívánnak. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> A <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; honlap</ulink> hivatkozásokat ad ezekre. A </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> leírás szól a képek eléréséről a Debian tükrökön." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Egyes telepítő módok a CD-képektől eltérő képeket kívánnak. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> A <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; honlap</" +"ulink> hivatkozásokat ad ezekre. A </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> " +"leírás szól a képek eléréséről a Debian tükrökön." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Az alábbi alfejezetek leírják, mely képek kellenek az egyes telepítő módokhoz." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Az alábbi alfejezetek leírják, mely képek kellenek az egyes telepítő " +"módokhoz." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -69,14 +115,42 @@ msgstr "CDROM" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "2 hálózati telepítő CD-kép van, mely a &releasename; telepítésére használható a &d-i; eszközzel. E képek célja a CD-ről való indítás és további csomagok telepítése hálózatról, ezért neve: 'netinst'. A teljes netinst kép tartalmazza az alap csomagokat az úgynevezett 'business card' kép esetében ezeket is a hálózatról kell letölteni. Teljes CD-kép is letölthető, ekkor az alaptelepítéshez nem lesz szükséged hálózatra. A CD készlet első CD-képe elég lehet, de jellemzően a 2.-4. CD-képen még vannak magyar kiegészítők." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"2 hálózati telepítő CD-kép van, mely a &releasename; telepítésére " +"használható a &d-i; eszközzel. E képek célja a CD-ről való indítás és " +"további csomagok telepítése hálózatról, ezért neve: 'netinst'. A teljes " +"netinst kép tartalmazza az alap csomagokat az úgynevezett 'business card' " +"kép esetében ezeket is a hálózatról kell letölteni. Teljes CD-kép is " +"letölthető, ekkor az alaptelepítéshez nem lesz szükséged hálózatra. A CD " +"készlet első CD-képe elég lehet, de jellemzően a 2.-4. CD-képen még vannak " +"magyar kiegészítők." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Töltsd le a választott típust és írd ki egy CD lemezre. <phrase arch=\"i386\">A CD indításához, a BIOS beállításaid meg kell feleljenek a <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/> részben leírtaknak.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Egy PowerMac CD-képről indításához, nyomd le a <keycap>c</keycap> billentyűt indításkor. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> részt a CD-kép indítás módjairól. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Töltsd le a választott típust és írd ki egy CD lemezre. <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\">A CD indításához, a BIOS beállításaid meg kell feleljenek a <xref linkend=" +"\"bios-setup\"/> részben leírtaknak.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Egy " +"PowerMac CD-képről indításához, nyomd le a <keycap>c</keycap> billentyűt " +"indításkor. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> részt a CD-kép indítás " +"módjairól. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -87,32 +161,69 @@ msgstr "Floppi" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." -msgstr "Ha nem tudsz CD lemezről indítani, akár flopiról is telepítheted a Debian rendszert. Szükség lesz majd a <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> és a <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> fájlra és vélhetően az eszköz-vezérlő programokat tartalmazó lemezek egyikére. " +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Ha nem tudsz CD lemezről indítani, akár flopiról is telepítheted a Debian " +"rendszert. Szükség lesz majd a <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> és a " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> fájlra és vélhetően az eszköz-vezérlő " +"programokat tartalmazó lemezek egyikére. " #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Az indító floppi a <filename>boot.img</filename> nevű. E floppi indítása után kérni fogja a 2. lemezt — itt használd majd a <filename>root.img</filename> nevűt." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Az indító floppi a <filename>boot.img</filename> nevű. E floppi indítása " +"után kérni fogja a 2. lemezt — itt használd majd a <filename>root.img</" +"filename> nevűt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." -msgstr "Ha hálózati telepítést tervezel, általában majd a <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> nevű floppira is szükséged lesz, mely hálózati kártyák sokaságát és a PCMCIA eszközöket is támogatja." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional " +"drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Ha hálózati telepítést tervezel, általában majd a <filename>floppy/net-" +"drivers.img</filename> nevű floppira is szükséged lesz, mely hálózati " +"kártyák sokaságát és a PCMCIA eszközöket is támogatja." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:112 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Ha van egy jól megírt CD-lemezed és a CD-eszközöd is jó, de nem tudsz róla indítani, mert különleges programot igényel, akkor indíts a floppikról és használd a <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> floppit, hogy onnan már a CD-lemezről telepíthess." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy jól megírt CD-lemezed és a CD-eszközöd is jó, de nem tudsz róla " +"indítani, mert különleges programot igényel, akkor indíts a floppikról és " +"használd a <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> floppit, hogy onnan " +"már a CD-lemezről telepíthess." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "A floppi lemezek a legmegbízhatatlanabb médiumok közé tartoznak, készül fel sok rossz flopira (lásd a <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>) részt. Minden <filename>.img</filename> fájlt külön floppira kell írnod; használatod dd parancsot a /dev/fd0 eszközre íráshoz vagy más módot (lásd a <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részt a részletekért)." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"A floppi lemezek a legmegbízhatatlanabb médiumok közé tartoznak, készül fel " +"sok rossz flopira (lásd a <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>) részt. " +"Minden <filename>.img</filename> fájlt külön floppira kell írnod; " +"használatod dd parancsot a /dev/fd0 eszközre íráshoz vagy más módot (lásd a " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részt a részletekért)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:131 @@ -123,32 +234,71 @@ msgstr "USB memória meghajtó" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:132 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "USB tároló eszközökről is telepíthetsz. Például egy USB kulcstartó egy igen barátságos Debian telepítő médium lehet, ami mindig könnyen veled lehet." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"USB tároló eszközökről is telepíthetsz. Például egy USB kulcstartó egy igen " +"barátságos Debian telepítő médium lehet, ami mindig könnyen veled lehet." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Az USB memória meghajtó felkészítésének legjobb módja, ha letöltöd a <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájlt, és a gunzip programmal kibontod belőle a 256 MB méretű képet. Írd ki a képet a meghajtón lévő partícióra, mely legalább 256 MB kell legyen. Csatold fel a partíciót, amely FAT fájlrendszert tartalmazzon. Töltsd le a netinst CD képet és másold e fájlt a csatolt partícióra; bármilyen fájlnév megfelel, csak legyen a vége <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Az USB memória meghajtó felkészítésének legjobb módja, ha letöltöd a " +"<filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájlt, és a gunzip programmal " +"kibontod belőle a 256 MB méretű képet. Írd ki a képet a meghajtón lévő " +"partícióra, mely legalább 256 MB kell legyen. Csatold fel a partíciót, amely " +"FAT fájlrendszert tartalmazzon. Töltsd le a netinst CD képet és másold e " +"fájlt a csatolt partícióra; bármilyen fájlnév megfelel, csak legyen a vége " +"<literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Más, rugalmasabb módok is vannak egy ilyen memória meghajtó beállításához a Debian Telepítőhöz, és kisebb eszközökkel is működhet. A részletekért lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Más, rugalmasabb módok is vannak egy ilyen memória meghajtó beállításához a " +"Debian Telepítőhöz, és kisebb eszközökkel is működhet. A részletekért lásd a " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:155 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Néhány BIOS tud közvetlenül USB tárolóról indulni, mások nem. Próbáld ki a lehetőségeket, jó lehet a <quote>removable drive</quote>, de akár még a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> beállítás is. Ennek leírását lásd a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " +"hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Néhány BIOS tud közvetlenül USB tárolóról indulni, mások nem. Próbáld ki a " +"lehetőségeket, jó lehet a <quote>removable drive</quote>, de akár még a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> beállítás is. Ennek leírását lásd a <xref linkend=" +"\"usb-boot\"/> részben." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Macintoshként ismert rendszerek USB tároló eszközökről indítása az Open Firmware kézi használatát igényli. Ennek leírását is megtalálod a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Macintoshként ismert rendszerek USB tároló eszközökről indítása az Open " +"Firmware kézi használatát igényli. Ennek leírását is megtalálod a <xref " +"linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:171 @@ -159,14 +309,33 @@ msgstr "Indítás hálózatról" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "A &d-i; indítása teljesen hálózatról is végezhető. A hálózati indítás módjai mind a gép és a hálózati indítás beállításaitól függenek. A <filename>netboot/</filename> könyvtárban lévő fájlok használhatók a &d-i; hálózati indításához." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; indítása teljesen hálózatról is végezhető. A hálózati indítás módjai " +"mind a gép és a hálózati indítás beállításaitól függenek. A " +"<filename>netboot/</filename> könyvtárban lévő fájlok használhatók a &d-i; " +"hálózati indításához." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "E hálózati indítás beállításának egyik legkönnyebb módja a PXE. Bontsd ki a <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> fájlt a <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>-ba, vagy ahol tftp-t tartod. Mondd meg a DHCP kiszolgálónak, hogy az ügyfeleknek a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> fájlt adja, és ha minden ok, minden menni fog. Bővebben a <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"E hálózati indítás beállításának egyik legkönnyebb módja a PXE. Bontsd ki a " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> fájlt a <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename>-ba, vagy ahol tftp-t tartod. Mondd meg a DHCP " +"kiszolgálónak, hogy az ügyfeleknek a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> fájlt " +"adja, és ha minden ok, minden menni fog. Bővebben a <xref linkend=\"install-" +"tftp\"/> részben." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:192 @@ -177,8 +346,21 @@ msgstr "Indítás merevlemezről" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Létező merevlemezről is indítható a telepítő, melyen most más OS van. Töltsd le a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> és egy Debian CD kép fájlt a gyökérbe. A CD kép nevének vége legyen <literal>.iso</literal>. Ez az initrd indítás. Az <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> leírja a módot. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Létező merevlemezről is indítható a telepítő, melyen most más OS van. Töltsd " +"le a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> és egy Debian CD kép fájlt a gyökérbe. A CD kép nevének vége " +"legyen <literal>.iso</literal>. Ez az initrd indítás. Az <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> leírja a módot. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 @@ -189,74 +371,177 @@ msgstr "Telepítés" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "A telepítő indítása után egy üdvözlő képernyő fogad. Üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt az indításhoz vagy olvasd el az lehetőségeket más indítási módokhoz vagy paraméterekhez (lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> részt). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 2.4-es indításhoz, üsd be az <userinput>install24</userinput> szót a <prompt>boot:</prompt> beviteli sorban. <footnote><para> A 2.6 verziójú Linux az alapértelmezett e legtöbb indítási módnál, de floppinál nem elérhető. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"A telepítő indítása után egy üdvözlő képernyő fogad. Üsd le az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt az indításhoz vagy olvasd el az lehetőségeket más indítási " +"módokhoz vagy paraméterekhez (lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> részt). " +"<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 2.4-es indításhoz, üsd be az <userinput>install24</" +"userinput> szót a <prompt>boot:</prompt> beviteli sorban. <footnote><para> A " +"2.6 verziójú Linux az alapértelmezett e legtöbb indítási módnál, de " +"floppinál nem elérhető. </para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Sikeres indítás esetén egy hosszú, görgethető listát adó nyelv-választó párbeszéd-ablakot kapsz, melyben kiválaszthatod nyelvedet. Használd a fel-le nyíl billentyűket míg saját nyelved lesz kijelölt, és ekkor üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a folytatáshoz. Ezután az országodat lehet kiválasztani." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Sikeres indítás esetén egy hosszú, görgethető listát adó nyelv-választó " +"párbeszéd-ablakot kapsz, melyben kiválaszthatod nyelvedet. Használd a fel-le " +"nyíl billentyűket míg saját nyelved lesz kijelölt, és ekkor üsd le az " +"&enterkey; billentyűt a folytatáshoz. Ezután az országodat lehet " +"kiválasztani." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Ezután a billentyű-kiosztásodat lehet megerősíteni. Szokásos qwertz billentyűnél jó az alap, egyszerűen lépj tovább." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Ezután a billentyű-kiosztásodat lehet megerősíteni. Szokásos qwertz " +"billentyűnél jó az alap, egyszerűen lépj tovább." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:240 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "A Debian Telepítő most gyorsan felderíti a legfontosabb eszközeidet, és betölti önmaga hátralévő részét a CD-lemezről, floppiról, vagyis az általad használt eszközről." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"A Debian Telepítő most gyorsan felderíti a legfontosabb eszközeidet, és " +"betölti önmaga hátralévő részét a CD-lemezről, floppiról, vagyis az általad " +"használt eszközről." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Ezután a telepítő megpróbálja felismerni hálózati eszközödet és beállítani a hálózatot DHCP kiszolgálóval. Ha nem vagy hálózaton, vagy azon nincs DHCP, akkor természetesen lehetőséged nyílik megadnod hálózati adataidat." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Ezután a telepítő megpróbálja felismerni hálózati eszközödet és beállítani a " +"hálózatot DHCP kiszolgálóval. Ha nem vagy hálózaton, vagy azon nincs DHCP, " +"akkor természetesen lehetőséged nyílik megadnod hálózati adataidat." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." -msgstr "Most kell a lemezek partícionálásáról dönteni. Adott a lehetőség, hogy a telepítő ezt elvégezze automatikusan akár az egész lemezen, akár bármely lemez szabad részén. Ez ajánlott az új felhasználóknak vagy bárkinek, akinek kapkodni kell, de ha már tudod, mi a partíció és ízlés szerint szeretnéd beállítani, akkor természetesen a kézi beállítást válaszd." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " +"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " +"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Most kell a lemezek partícionálásáról dönteni. Adott a lehetőség, hogy a " +"telepítő ezt elvégezze automatikusan akár az egész lemezen, akár bármely " +"lemez szabad részén. Ez ajánlott az új felhasználóknak vagy bárkinek, akinek " +"kapkodni kell, de ha már tudod, mi a partíció és ízlés szerint szeretnéd " +"beállítani, akkor természetesen a kézi beállítást válaszd." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:258 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Ha van egy létező DOS vagy Windows partíciód és valamiért meg akarod tartani, figyelj az automatikus választásnál. Ha a partíciók kézi összeállítását választod és most nincs fenntartott hely a Debian számára, a FAT vagy NTFS partícióidat átméretezheted, hogy létrehozd ezt a helyet: egyszerűen válaszd ki az átméretezendő partíciót és add meg új méretét." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy létező DOS vagy Windows partíciód és valamiért meg akarod " +"tartani, figyelj az automatikus választásnál. Ha a partíciók kézi " +"összeállítását választod és most nincs fenntartott hely a Debian számára, a " +"FAT vagy NTFS partícióidat átméretezheted, hogy létrehozd ezt a helyet: " +"egyszerűen válaszd ki az átméretezendő partíciót és add meg új méretét." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:265 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "A következő képernyőn mutatja, hogy lesznek a partíciók formázva és hova lesznek csatolva. Válassz egy partíciót ha módosítani vagy törölni akarod. Ha a partíciók automatikus beállítását választottad, csak a <guimenuitem>Partícionálás befejezése és változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontra kell térni a menüből a beállítások használatára. Ne felejts legalább 1 partíciót cserehelyként jelölni és egy partíciót megjelölni a <filename>/</filename> könyvtárként csatoláshoz. Aprólékosabb leírást erről <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben lehet fellelni." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at " +"least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" +"filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" +"A következő képernyőn mutatja, hogy lesznek a partíciók formázva és hova " +"lesznek csatolva. Válassz egy partíciót ha módosítani vagy törölni akarod. " +"Ha a partíciók automatikus beállítását választottad, csak a " +"<guimenuitem>Partícionálás befejezése és változások lemezre írása</" +"guimenuitem> pontra kell térni a menüből a beállítások használatára. Ne " +"felejts legalább 1 partíciót cserehelyként jelölni és egy partíciót " +"megjelölni a <filename>/</filename> könyvtárként csatoláshoz. Aprólékosabb " +"leírást erről <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben lehet fellelni." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "A &d-i; megformázza a formázásra jelölt új partíciókat és elkezdi az alaprendszer telepítését, mely géptől függően eltarthat egy pár percig. A rendszermagot is e folyamat végén telepíti." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; megformázza a formázásra jelölt új partíciókat és elkezdi az " +"alaprendszer telepítését, mely géptől függően eltarthat egy pár percig. A " +"rendszermagot is e folyamat végén telepíti." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:280 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Utolsó lépésként pedig a boot betöltő telepítését végzi el. Ha a telepítő más rendszert is érzékelt, hozzáadja az indító menühöz és tudatja ezt. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Alapértelmezetten a GRUB betöltő kerül telepítésre, éspedig az 1. merevlemez MBR részébe, mely általában jó választás. E lehetőség felülbírálható és a boot betöltő máshová is telepíthető. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Utolsó lépésként pedig a boot betöltő telepítését végzi el. Ha a telepítő " +"más rendszert is érzékelt, hozzáadja az indító menühöz és tudatja ezt. " +"<phrase arch=\"i386\">Alapértelmezetten a GRUB betöltő kerül telepítésre, " +"éspedig az 1. merevlemez MBR részébe, mely általában jó választás. E " +"lehetőség felülbírálható és a boot betöltő máshová is telepíthető. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:290 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "A &d-i; most értesít, hogy a telepítés megtörtént. Távolítsd el a CD lemezt vagy a telepítéskor használt indító médiát és üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a gép újraindításához. Ez a telepítő folyamat következő lépéhez indítja majd el a rendszert, a most telepített rendszer használatba vételét a <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> részben ismertetjük." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; most értesít, hogy a telepítés megtörtént. Távolítsd el a CD lemezt " +"vagy a telepítéskor használt indító médiát és üsd le az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt a gép újraindításához. Ez a telepítő folyamat következő lépéhez " +"indítja majd el a rendszert, a most telepített rendszer használatba vételét " +"a <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> részben ismertetjük." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:297 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Ha több adat érdekel a telepítő folyamatról, nézz bele ebbe: <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha több adat érdekel a telepítő folyamatról, nézz bele ebbe: <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:306 @@ -267,14 +552,34 @@ msgstr "Küldj nekünk telepítési beszámolót" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Ha sikerült a telepítés a &d-i; eszközzel, kérjük, szánj rá egy kis időt, hogy ezt jelentsd nekünk. A legegyszerűbb módja ennek a reportbug csomag telepítése (például ezzel a paranccsal: <command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), és e parancs lefuttatása: <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Ha sikerült a telepítés a &d-i; eszközzel, kérjük, szánj rá egy kis időt, " +"hogy ezt jelentsd nekünk. A legegyszerűbb módja ennek a reportbug csomag " +"telepítése (például ezzel a paranccsal: <command>apt-get install reportbug</" +"command>), és e parancs lefuttatása: <command>reportbug installation-report</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:315 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Ha a telepítés közben bármikor hiba történt, valószínűleg találtál egy hibát a telepítőben. Hogy a telepítőt folyamatosan egyre jobbá tegyük, tudnunk kell ezekről, ezért kérjük, jelezd e hibát. A fent már ismertetett egyszerű telepítési beszámolóval megteheted ezt; ha a telepítés egyáltalán nem sikerült valamilyen okból, olvasd el most a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha a telepítés közben bármikor hiba történt, valószínűleg találtál egy hibát " +"a telepítőben. Hogy a telepítőt folyamatosan egyre jobbá tegyük, tudnunk " +"kell ezekről, ezért kérjük, jelezd e hibát. A fent már ismertetett egyszerű " +"telepítési beszámolóval megteheted ezt; ha a telepítés egyáltalán nem " +"sikerült valamilyen okból, olvasd el most a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/" +"> részt." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:327 @@ -285,6 +590,10 @@ msgstr "Végül..." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Reméljük, a Debian telepítésed igazán kellemes lett, és használatba véve jónak fogod találni a Debian rendszert. Érdemes elolvasni a <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/> részt." - +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Reméljük, a Debian telepítésed igazán kellemes lett, és használatba véve " +"jónak fogod találni a Debian rendszert. Érdemes elolvasni a <xref linkend=" +"\"post-install\"/> részt." diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 3a2956731..cccc2e1ac 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 21:40+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1209,7 +1209,16 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1228,73 +1237,73 @@ msgstr "" "최소 용량은 다릅니다) 단계에 따른 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "한 파티션에 파일 모두" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "별도 /home 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "별도 /home, /usr, /var, /tmp 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1304,19 +1313,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" "LVM을 사용해 단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 설치 프로그램은 별도의 /boot 파티션" "을 만듭니다. 그 외의 파티션은 스왑 파티션을 제외하고 LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1329,7 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI 부팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1340,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1352,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1402,19 +1411,16 @@ msgstr "" "내하는 것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "여기까지가 단계에 따른 파티션입니다. 자동으로 만든 파티션 테이블이 마음에 들" "면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>파티션 나누기를 마치고 바뀐 사항을 디스크에 쓰기</" @@ -1427,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1442,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1455,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" "이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1484,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1504,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1519,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1531,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1546,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1559,109 +1565,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"시스템 관리자나 <quote>고급</quote> 사용자 입장에서 컴퓨터를 사용한다면, 어" -"떤 디스크 파티션이 (보통 가장 중요한 파티션) 공간이 부족하고 다른 파티션은 공" -"간이 남아서 데이터를 옮기고 심볼릭 링크를 걸고 하는 등의 작업으로 상황을 해결" -"해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"이러한 상황을 피하려면, 논리 볼륨 관리자(LVM, Logical Volume Manager)를 사용" -"할 수 있습니다. 간단히 말해 LVM을 사용하면 여러 파티션들을 (<firstterm>물리 " -"볼륨</firstterm>) 하나의 가상 디스크로 (<firstterm>볼륨 그룹</firstterm>) 합" -"칠 수 있고, 그걸 다시 가상 파티션으로 (<firstterm>논리 볼륨</firstterm>) 나" -"눌 수 있습니다. 중요한 점은 논리 볼륨이 (그리고 그 밑에 있는 볼륨 그룹이) 여" -"러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"기존의 160GB <filename>/home</filename> 파티션에 용량이 더 필요하다면, 300GB " -"디스크를 컴퓨터에 붙이고, 이 디스크를 현재 볼륨 그룹에 포함시키고, " -"<filename>/home</filename>이 들어 있는 논리 볼륨 크기를 늘리면 됩니다. 그러" -"면 파티션은 460GB가 되어 남는 공간이 더 생깁니다. 물론 이 예는 너무 간단하게 " -"설명한 것입니다. 아직 읽지 않으셨다면 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM " -"HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"&d-i;의 LVM 설정은 아주 간단합니다. 먼저 LVM의 물리 볼륨으로 사용할 파티션을 " -"표시합니다. (<guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu>의 <command>partman</command>에서 " -"합니다. 거기서 <menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 " -"볼륨</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>를 선택합니다.) 그리고 <command>lvmcfg</" -"command> 모듈을 시작하고 (<command>partman</command>에서 직접 하던가, &d-i;" -"의 메인메뉴에서 합니다) <guimenuitem>볼륨 그룹 (VG) 고치기</guimenuitem> 메뉴" -"에서 물리 볼륨을 볼륨 그룹에 합칩니다. 그 다음에 <guimenuitem>논리 볼륨 (LV) " -"고치기</guimenuitem> 메뉴에서 볼륨 그룹 위에 논리 볼륨을 만들어야 합니다." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"<command>lvmcfg</command>에서 <command>partman</command>으로 돌아간 다음, 보" -"통 파티션과 마찬가지로 방금 만든 논리 볼륨이 나타납니다. (또 보통 파티션과 마" -"찬가지 방법으로 이용하면 됩니다.)" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1681,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1695,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1765,97 +1675,97 @@ msgstr "" "속도가 느립니다. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1863,7 +1773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 빼기 1)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1873,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1888,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1905,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1926,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1937,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1955,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr "" "렸다고 해도, 개수가 맞을 때까지는 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1965,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1983,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1997,13 +1907,182 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"시스템 관리자나 <quote>고급</quote> 사용자 입장에서 컴퓨터를 사용한다면, 어" +"떤 디스크 파티션이 (보통 가장 중요한 파티션) 공간이 부족하고 다른 파티션은 공" +"간이 남아서 데이터를 옮기고 심볼릭 링크를 걸고 하는 등의 작업으로 상황을 해결" +"해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"이러한 상황을 피하려면, 논리 볼륨 관리자(LVM, Logical Volume Manager)를 사용" +"할 수 있습니다. 간단히 말해 LVM을 사용하면 여러 파티션들을 (<firstterm>물리 " +"볼륨</firstterm>) 하나의 가상 디스크로 (<firstterm>볼륨 그룹</firstterm>) 합" +"칠 수 있고, 그걸 다시 가상 파티션으로 (<firstterm>논리 볼륨</firstterm>) 나" +"눌 수 있습니다. 중요한 점은 논리 볼륨이 (그리고 그 밑에 있는 볼륨 그룹이) 여" +"러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"기존의 160GB <filename>/home</filename> 파티션에 용량이 더 필요하다면, 300GB " +"디스크를 컴퓨터에 붙이고, 이 디스크를 현재 볼륨 그룹에 포함시키고, " +"<filename>/home</filename>이 들어 있는 논리 볼륨 크기를 늘리면 됩니다. 그러" +"면 파티션은 460GB가 되어 남는 공간이 더 생깁니다. 물론 이 예는 너무 간단하게 " +"설명한 것입니다. 아직 읽지 않으셨다면 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM " +"HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"멀티디스크 장치를 만드려면, 구성할 파티션을 RAID에 사용한다고 표시해야 합니" +"다. (<guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu> 메뉴의 <command>partman</command>에서 " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리적 볼륨</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"<command>lvmcfg</command>에서 <command>partman</command>으로 돌아간 다음, 보" +"통 파티션과 마찬가지로 방금 만든 논리 볼륨이 나타납니다. (또 보통 파티션과 마" +"찬가지 방법으로 이용하면 됩니다.)" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2023,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr "" "른 열쇠글을 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2048,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2061,7 +2140,7 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2080,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2096,7 +2175,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2109,13 +2188,13 @@ msgstr "" "사용하십시오. 기본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2139,13 +2218,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2158,13 +2237,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2181,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "" "화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2195,25 +2274,25 @@ msgstr "" "만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>열쇠글</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "열쇠글" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2226,13 +2305,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "랜덤한 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2249,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr "" "작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2267,13 +2346,13 @@ msgstr "" "된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2293,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2304,13 +2383,13 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2322,25 +2401,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2353,19 +2432,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 열쇠글을 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 열쇠글을 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 랜덤한 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2378,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2395,7 +2474,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2410,7 +2489,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2432,7 +2511,7 @@ msgstr "" "드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2453,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2482,7 +2561,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2500,7 +2579,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2508,13 +2587,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "시스템 준비 중" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2524,13 +2603,13 @@ msgstr "" "해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "시간대 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2543,13 +2622,13 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2562,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr "" "있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2580,7 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "" "컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2593,19 +2672,19 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2619,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2634,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" "용은 피하시길 바랍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2646,13 +2725,13 @@ msgstr "" "알려주어서는 안됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2665,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr "" "인에서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2684,7 +2763,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 이에 대한 책을 한 권 정도 읽어 보세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2697,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2707,13 +2786,13 @@ msgstr "" "명령을 사용하세요." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2727,13 +2806,13 @@ msgstr "" "좀 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2749,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2760,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" "메세지는 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2773,13 +2852,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가적인 소프트웨어를 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2795,13 +2874,13 @@ msgstr "" "다 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2832,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr "" "상태 확인 등의 기능을 사용자 인터페이스에 내장하고 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2848,13 +2927,13 @@ msgstr "" "정이끝난 후 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 수정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2871,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2904,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2914,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2924,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2937,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" "시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2950,13 +3029,13 @@ msgstr "" "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "메일 배달 에이전트(Mail Transport Agent) 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2972,7 +3051,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2986,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "" "몇 시스템 유틸리티들은 당신에게 중요한 공지를 이메일을 통해 보낼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2996,13 +3075,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 가장 당신의 환경과 유사한 것을 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "인터넷 사이트" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3015,13 +3094,13 @@ msgstr "" "등 기본적인 질문을 물어볼 것입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "스마트호스트에 의한 메일 보내기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3039,13 +3118,13 @@ msgstr "" "게 적합합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "로컬 배달" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3062,13 +3141,13 @@ msgstr "" "에 새로운 사용자에게도 편리합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "지금 설정 안함" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3082,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr "" "오는 중요한 메시지들을 놓칠 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3097,13 +3176,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3117,7 +3196,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3132,13 +3211,13 @@ msgstr "" "관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3153,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3168,13 +3247,13 @@ msgstr "" "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3195,13 +3274,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3217,19 +3296,19 @@ msgstr "" "문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3241,7 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3253,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 매뉴얼을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3263,13 +3342,13 @@ msgstr "" "음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3285,7 +3364,7 @@ msgstr "" "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3298,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3308,13 +3387,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3323,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3340,13 +3419,13 @@ msgstr "" "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3364,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3382,13 +3461,13 @@ msgstr "" "하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3415,7 +3494,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3431,13 +3510,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3454,13 +3533,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3489,13 +3568,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3507,13 +3586,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3527,13 +3606,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3547,13 +3626,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3565,13 +3644,13 @@ msgstr "" "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3585,13 +3664,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3633,13 +3712,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3649,13 +3728,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3663,13 +3742,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3677,13 +3756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3693,13 +3772,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3727,13 +3806,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3743,20 +3822,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3764,13 +3843,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3780,7 +3859,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3790,19 +3869,19 @@ msgstr "" "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3821,13 +3900,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3841,13 +3920,13 @@ msgstr "" "환품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3863,13 +3942,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3899,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3922,7 +4001,7 @@ msgstr "" "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3943,13 +4022,13 @@ msgstr "" "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3959,13 +4038,13 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3978,7 +4057,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3992,13 +4071,13 @@ msgstr "" "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4009,13 +4088,13 @@ msgstr "" "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4026,7 +4105,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4041,13 +4120,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4069,7 +4148,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4086,7 +4165,7 @@ msgstr "" "같은 훌륭한 기능도 좀 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4105,13 +4184,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4128,7 +4207,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4149,7 +4228,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4159,7 +4238,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4179,7 +4258,7 @@ msgstr "" "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4190,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4220,7 +4299,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4237,7 +4316,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4256,7 +4335,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4271,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" "발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4279,3 +4358,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "또 SSH 세션을 X 터미널에서 실행하는 경우 연결이 끊어질 수도 있으므로 창 크기" "를 바꾸지 말아야 합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&d-i;의 LVM 설정은 아주 간단합니다. 먼저 LVM의 물리 볼륨으로 사용할 파티션" +#~ "을 표시합니다. (<guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu>의 <command>partman</" +#~ "command>에서 합니다. 거기서 <menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>를 선택합니다.) 그" +#~ "리고 <command>lvmcfg</command> 모듈을 시작하고 (<command>partman</command>" +#~ "에서 직접 하던가, &d-i;의 메인메뉴에서 합니다) <guimenuitem>볼륨 그룹 " +#~ "(VG) 고치기</guimenuitem> 메뉴에서 물리 볼륨을 볼륨 그룹에 합칩니다. 그 다" +#~ "음에 <guimenuitem>논리 볼륨 (LV) 고치기</guimenuitem> 메뉴에서 볼륨 그룹 " +#~ "위에 논리 볼륨을 만들어야 합니다." diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 92c4133c3..78a1a0e0d 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -657,109 +657,115 @@ msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create pa msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -782,493 +788,559 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical discs." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from <command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, no-c-format +msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1281,577 +1353,577 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1864,61 +1936,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1927,247 +1999,247 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2176,25 +2248,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index a0463e0dc..9e4af600b 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 18:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1286,7 +1286,16 @@ msgstr "" "todas as arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1306,73 +1315,73 @@ msgstr "" "(depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1382,19 +1391,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" "Se escolher o particionamento guiado utilizando o LVM, o instalador também " "irá criar uma partição /boot separada. As outras partições, excepto para a " "partição swap, serão criadas dentro da partição LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1409,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1421,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservar este espaço para o gestor de arranque aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1484,19 +1493,16 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Está assim concluído o particionamento assistido. Se estiver satisfeito com " "a tabela de partições gerada, pode escolher <guimenuitem>Terminar " @@ -1512,7 +1518,7 @@ msgstr "" "para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1528,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1543,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "disco seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1577,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1599,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainda apagar a partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1615,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1627,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1643,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1658,117 +1664,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "Configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"Se estiver a trabalhar com computadores num nível de administrador de " -"sistema ou como utilizador <quote>avançado</quote>, já terá visto de certeza " -"a situação em que alguma partição do disco (normalmente a mais importante) é " -"pequena em espaço, enquanto que outras partições estão demasiado " -"desaproveitadas e você tem que gerir a situação movendo informação de um " -"lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar a situação descrita pode utilizar o Logical Volume Manager " -"(LVM). Dito doutra forma, o LVM pode combinar várias partições " -"(<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> na linguagem do LVM) para formar um " -"disco virtual (o chamado <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), que pode ser " -"dividido em partições virtuais (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). O " -"que há a reter é que volumes lógicos (e com certeza volume groups contidos) " -"podem ser separados fisicamente através de vários discos." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Quando se aperceber que necessita de mais espaço para a sua antiga " -"partição<filename>/home</filename> de 160 GB, pode simplesmente acrescentar " -"um novo disco de 300GB ao computador, adicioná-lo ao volume group e então " -"redimensionar o volume lógico que suporta o sistema de ficheiros <filename>/" -"home</filename> e aí está — os seus utilizadores terão novamente " -"espaço na renovada partição de 460GB. Este exemplo naturalmente está um " -"pouco simplificado. Se ainda não tiver lido deverá consultar o <ulink url=" -"\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"A configuração do LVM no &d-i; é bastante simples. No inicio, terá que " -"marcar as partições para serem usadas como volumes físicos para LVM. (Isto é " -"feito no <command>partman</command> no menu <guimenu>Definições de Partição</" -"guimenu> onde terá que seleccionar <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilizar como:</" -"guimenu> <guimenuitem>volume físico para LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) " -"Inicie então o módulo <command>lvmcfg</command> (quer directamente a partir " -"do <command>partman</command> ou a partir do menu principal do &d-i;) e " -"combine os volumes físicos ao volume group no menu <guimenuitem>Alterar " -"volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> . Depois disto deverá criar volumes lógicos " -"no topo do volume groups a partir do menu <guimenuitem>Modificar logical " -"volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de voltar do <command>lvmcfg</command> para o <command>partman</" -"command>, verá qualquer volume lógico criado do mesmo modo que as partições " -"normais (e deverá tratá-las como tal)." - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar o Dispositivo Multidisk (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1788,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "sua variante mais famosa <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1803,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1884,55 +1786,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir :" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1940,43 +1842,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1986,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1996,7 +1898,7 @@ msgstr "" "no <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2012,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2030,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma manual através da shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2053,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2065,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2086,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" "erro seja corrigido." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2096,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessita de utilizar pelo menos <emphasis>três</emphasis> partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2114,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição <filename>/home</filename> de 100GB)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2129,13 +2031,188 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "Configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver a trabalhar com computadores num nível de administrador de " +"sistema ou como utilizador <quote>avançado</quote>, já terá visto de certeza " +"a situação em que alguma partição do disco (normalmente a mais importante) é " +"pequena em espaço, enquanto que outras partições estão demasiado " +"desaproveitadas e você tem que gerir a situação movendo informação de um " +"lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar a situação descrita pode utilizar o Logical Volume Manager " +"(LVM). Dito doutra forma, o LVM pode combinar várias partições " +"(<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> na linguagem do LVM) para formar um " +"disco virtual (o chamado <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), que pode ser " +"dividido em partições virtuais (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). O " +"que há a reter é que volumes lógicos (e com certeza volume groups contidos) " +"podem ser separados fisicamente através de vários discos." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Quando se aperceber que necessita de mais espaço para a sua antiga " +"partição<filename>/home</filename> de 160 GB, pode simplesmente acrescentar " +"um novo disco de 300GB ao computador, adicioná-lo ao volume group e então " +"redimensionar o volume lógico que suporta o sistema de ficheiros <filename>/" +"home</filename> e aí está — os seus utilizadores terão novamente " +"espaço na renovada partição de 460GB. Este exemplo naturalmente está um " +"pouco simplificado. Se ainda não tiver lido deverá consultar o <ulink url=" +"\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um dispositivo MD necessita de ter as partições desejadas " +"marcadas para uso em RAID. (Isto é feito com o <command>partman</command> no " +"menu <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> onde deverá escolher <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de voltar do <command>lvmcfg</command> para o <command>partman</" +"command>, verá qualquer volume lógico criado do mesmo modo que as partições " +"normais (e deverá tratá-las como tal)." + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2158,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2186,7 +2263,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2201,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2222,7 +2299,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2239,7 +2316,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2253,13 +2330,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2285,13 +2362,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2305,13 +2382,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2329,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir de padrões repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2344,25 +2421,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2376,13 +2453,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2400,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2420,13 +2497,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2447,7 +2524,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2459,13 +2536,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2478,26 +2555,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2511,19 +2588,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a acima a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2537,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>frases-passe</emphasis> como chaves de encriptação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2556,7 +2633,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2573,7 +2650,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2598,7 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2621,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2655,7 +2732,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2675,7 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2685,13 +2762,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2701,13 +2778,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2721,13 +2798,13 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2741,7 +2818,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2759,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "fazer dual-boot, escolha hora local em vez de GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2772,19 +2849,19 @@ msgstr "" "UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois de ter instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Pass de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2799,7 +2876,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2816,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2829,13 +2906,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2849,7 +2926,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2870,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2885,7 +2962,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2895,13 +2972,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2914,13 +2991,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Instalação do Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2936,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2948,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "efectuada através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2962,13 +3039,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2984,13 +3061,13 @@ msgstr "" "base se tiver um computador ou uma rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3025,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr "" "bom interface com o utilizador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3043,13 +3120,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar completa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3067,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3101,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3112,7 +3189,7 @@ msgstr "" "pacotes que seleccionou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3122,7 +3199,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3136,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" "não instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3151,13 +3228,13 @@ msgstr "" "este processo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3173,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, que é relativamente pequeno, flexível, e fácil de aprender." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3188,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" "lhe avisos importantes por email." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3198,13 +3275,13 @@ msgstr "" "de mail. Escolha o que mais se adequa às suas necessidades:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "site de internet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3218,13 +3295,13 @@ msgstr "" "domínios para os quais deseja aceitar e encaminhar o correio." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "correio enviado por smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3243,13 +3320,13 @@ msgstr "" "telefónico." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "distribuição local apenas" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3268,13 +3345,13 @@ msgstr "" "pergunta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "sem configuração neste momento" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3289,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3305,13 +3382,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command> em <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3326,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3342,13 +3419,13 @@ msgstr "" "arranque para mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3364,7 +3441,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3381,13 +3458,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3409,13 +3486,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3432,19 +3509,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3456,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "" "quer para novatos quer para utilizadores experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3468,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3478,13 +3555,13 @@ msgstr "" "menu principal e a partir daí seleccione o gestor de arranque que desejar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3501,7 +3578,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3515,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3525,13 +3602,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3541,13 +3618,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3559,13 +3636,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3583,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3601,14 +3678,14 @@ msgstr "" "assunto leia por favor a <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3637,7 +3714,7 @@ msgstr "" "na realidade o arranque do kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3655,13 +3732,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3679,13 +3756,13 @@ msgstr "" "pode formatar a partição durante a instalação, apagando todo o seu conteúdo!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3715,13 +3792,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3733,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3753,13 +3830,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3774,13 +3851,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3793,13 +3870,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3813,13 +3890,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3863,13 +3940,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3879,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3894,13 +3971,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3909,13 +3986,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3925,13 +4002,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3960,13 +4037,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3976,13 +4053,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3990,7 +4067,7 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3999,13 +4076,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "nome" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4015,7 +4092,7 @@ msgstr "" "omissão <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4026,19 +4103,19 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua utilização." #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4059,13 +4136,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4080,13 +4157,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4103,13 +4180,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4141,13 +4218,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4166,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4188,13 +4265,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4204,13 +4281,13 @@ msgstr "" "novo. Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4224,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4238,13 +4315,13 @@ msgstr "" "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4256,13 +4333,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4274,7 +4351,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4290,13 +4367,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4319,7 +4396,7 @@ msgstr "" "chamada de <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4337,7 +4414,7 @@ msgstr "" "autocompletion e o historial." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4357,13 +4434,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir a shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4381,7 +4458,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4404,7 +4481,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4414,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4437,7 +4514,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4449,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4481,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4499,7 +4576,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4519,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4535,7 +4612,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4545,6 +4622,31 @@ msgstr "" "não deve redimensionar a janela já que irá fazer com que a ligação seja " "terminada." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A configuração do LVM no &d-i; é bastante simples. No inicio, terá que " +#~ "marcar as partições para serem usadas como volumes físicos para LVM. " +#~ "(Isto é feito no <command>partman</command> no menu <guimenu>Definições " +#~ "de Partição</guimenu> onde terá que seleccionar <menuchoice> " +#~ "<guimenu>Utilizar como:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>volume físico para LVM</" +#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Inicie então o módulo <command>lvmcfg</" +#~ "command> (quer directamente a partir do <command>partman</command> ou a " +#~ "partir do menu principal do &d-i;) e combine os volumes físicos ao volume " +#~ "group no menu <guimenuitem>Alterar volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> . " +#~ "Depois disto deverá criar volumes lógicos no topo do volume groups a " +#~ "partir do menu <guimenuitem>Modificar logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Computador de secretária" diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index ebfa44cb5..66ed9aeea 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 09:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1265,7 +1265,16 @@ msgstr "" "архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1286,73 +1295,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1362,19 +1371,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку с использованием LVM, то программа " "установки также создаст отдельный раздел /boot. Остальные разделы, за " "исключением раздела подкачки, будут созданы внутри раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1389,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1401,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначен для резервирования места под системный загрузчик aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1413,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1463,19 +1472,16 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "На этом направляющая разметка завершена. Если вам нравится сгенерированная " "таблица разделов, то вы можете выбрать <guimenuitem>Закончить разметку и " @@ -1489,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1504,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1518,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "новая строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ ПРОСТРАНСТВО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1551,7 +1557,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратно в главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1572,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1589,7 +1595,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1601,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1617,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1631,116 +1637,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"Если вы работаете с компьютером на уровне системного администратора или " -"<quote>продвинутого</quote> пользователя, то, определённо, попадали в " -"ситуацию, когда на дисковом разделе (обычно на самом важном) заканчивалось " -"место, а соседний раздел был почти пуст и вы выбирались из этой ситуации " -"переносом данных с одного раздела на другой, созданием символических ссылок " -"и т.д." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы избежать описанной ситуации вы можете воспользоваться менеджером " -"логических томов (LVM). Проще говоря, с помощью LVM вы можете объединить " -"разделы (<firstterm>физические тома</firstterm> в терминах LVM) в " -"виртуальный диск (так называемую <firstterm>группу томов</firstterm>), " -"который затем можно поделить на виртуальные разделы (<firstterm>логические " -"тома</firstterm>). Выгода в том, что логические тома (и, конечно, содержащие " -"их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Теперь, когда вы поняли, что вам нужно ещё место на имеющемся 160ГБ " -"<filename>/home</filename> разделе, вы можете просто добавить новый 300ГБ " -"диск в компьютер, объединить его с существующей группой томов и затем " -"изменить размер логического тома, который содержит файловую систему с " -"<filename>/home</filename> и вуаля, ваши пользователи имеют дополнительное " -"место на новом 460ГБ разделе. Этот пример, конечно, сильно упрощён. " -"Дополнительную информацию вы найдёте в <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM " -"HOWTO</ulink>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"Настройка LVM в &d-i; очень проста. Во-первых, вы помечаете разделы, которые " -"будут использоваться как физические тома для LVM. (Это выполняется с помощью " -"<command>partman</command> в меню <guimenu>Настройка разделов</guimenu>, где " -"вы должны выбрать <menuchoice> <guimenu>Использовать как: </guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>физический том для LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Затем, " -"запустите модуль <command>lvmcfg</command> (прямо из <command>partman</" -"command> или из главного меню &d-i;) и объедините физические тома в группу " -"томов в меню <guimenuitem>Изменение группы томов (VG)</guimenuitem>. После " -"этого, вы должны создать логические тома в верхней группе томов из меню " -"<guimenuitem>Изменение логических томов (LV)</guimenuitem>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"После возвращения из <command>lvmcfg</command> в <command>partman</command>, " -"вы должны увидеть все созданные логические тома, как обычные разделы (и " -"настраиваются они одинаково)." - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройства Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1761,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1776,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1854,101 +1757,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1958,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1968,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1984,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2002,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2024,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2035,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2055,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2065,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2083,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2097,13 +2000,188 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете с компьютером на уровне системного администратора или " +"<quote>продвинутого</quote> пользователя, то, определённо, попадали в " +"ситуацию, когда на дисковом разделе (обычно на самом важном) заканчивалось " +"место, а соседний раздел был почти пуст и вы выбирались из этой ситуации " +"переносом данных с одного раздела на другой, созданием символических ссылок " +"и т.д." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы избежать описанной ситуации вы можете воспользоваться менеджером " +"логических томов (LVM). Проще говоря, с помощью LVM вы можете объединить " +"разделы (<firstterm>физические тома</firstterm> в терминах LVM) в " +"виртуальный диск (так называемую <firstterm>группу томов</firstterm>), " +"который затем можно поделить на виртуальные разделы (<firstterm>логические " +"тома</firstterm>). Выгода в том, что логические тома (и, конечно, содержащие " +"их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда вы поняли, что вам нужно ещё место на имеющемся 160ГБ " +"<filename>/home</filename> разделе, вы можете просто добавить новый 300ГБ " +"диск в компьютер, объединить его с существующей группой томов и затем " +"изменить размер логического тома, который содержит файловую систему с " +"<filename>/home</filename> и вуаля, ваши пользователи имеют дополнительное " +"место на новом 460ГБ разделе. Этот пример, конечно, сильно упрощён. " +"Дополнительную информацию вы найдёте в <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM " +"HOWTO</ulink>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"Для создания MD устройства нужно пометить желаемые разделы как используемые " +"в RAID. (Это делается в <command>partman</command> из меню " +"<guimenu>Настройки раздела</guimenu>, где вы должны выбрать <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Использовать как:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Использовать раздел как " +"устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"После возвращения из <command>lvmcfg</command> в <command>partman</command>, " +"вы должны увидеть все созданные логические тома, как обычные разделы (и " +"настраиваются они одинаково)." + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2125,7 +2203,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2153,7 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2167,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "процессора, выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2187,7 +2265,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2203,7 +2281,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2217,13 +2295,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2248,13 +2326,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2268,13 +2346,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2292,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2307,25 +2385,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2339,13 +2417,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2363,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2382,13 +2460,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2409,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2421,13 +2499,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2439,25 +2517,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2472,19 +2550,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2498,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "" "фраз</emphasis> в качестве ключей шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2516,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2533,7 +2611,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2557,7 +2635,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2580,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2614,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2633,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2642,13 +2720,13 @@ msgstr "" "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Настройка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2658,13 +2736,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2678,13 +2756,13 @@ msgstr "" "выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Настройка времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2698,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2717,7 +2795,7 @@ msgstr "" "время вместо GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2730,19 +2808,19 @@ msgstr "" "неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2757,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2773,7 +2851,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2786,13 +2864,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2807,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2828,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2841,7 +2919,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2851,13 +2929,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2871,13 +2949,13 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2893,7 +2971,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2905,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" "файле <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2919,13 +2997,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2942,13 +3020,13 @@ msgstr "" "с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2982,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "(поиск пакетов и отображение состояния) в отличном интерфейсе пользователя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2999,13 +3077,13 @@ msgstr "" "его по желаю после завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3022,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3057,7 +3135,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для возможных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3067,7 +3145,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> начнёт установку выбранных пакетов. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3077,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3091,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3106,13 +3184,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого процесса." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Настройка программы пересылки почты (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3128,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" "маленькая, гибкая и лёгкая в освоении программа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3143,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронной почте." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3153,13 +3231,13 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите тот, который подходит вам больше всего:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "интернет-сайт" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3173,13 +3251,13 @@ msgstr "" "которых вы принимаете или передаёте почту." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "отправка почты через компьютер-шлюз (smarthost)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3198,13 +3276,13 @@ msgstr "" "подключение по телефонной линии." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "доставка только локальной почты" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3222,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям, потому что далее не задаётся больше никаких вопросов." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "в данный момент конфигурация отсутствует" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3242,7 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "" "пропустить некоторые важные сообщения от ваших системных утилит." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3258,13 +3336,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3278,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3294,13 +3372,13 @@ msgstr "" "в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3316,7 +3394,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3332,13 +3410,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3360,13 +3438,13 @@ msgstr "" "установлен Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3382,20 +3460,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3407,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3420,7 +3498,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3431,14 +3509,14 @@ msgstr "" "использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3455,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3469,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3479,13 +3557,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3495,13 +3573,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "раздел, созданный для Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3513,13 +3591,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3537,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3555,14 +3633,14 @@ msgstr "" "читайте в <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3590,7 +3668,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3607,13 +3685,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3631,13 +3709,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки, стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3667,13 +3745,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3685,13 +3763,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3705,13 +3783,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3726,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3744,13 +3822,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3764,13 +3842,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3814,13 +3892,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3830,13 +3908,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3846,13 +3924,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3861,13 +3939,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3877,13 +3955,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3911,13 +3989,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3928,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr "" "встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3942,7 +4020,7 @@ msgstr "" "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3951,13 +4029,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3967,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3977,20 +4055,20 @@ msgstr "" "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4010,14 +4088,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4032,13 +4110,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4054,14 +4132,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4092,13 +4170,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4117,7 +4195,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4139,13 +4217,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4155,13 +4233,13 @@ msgstr "" "уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4175,7 +4253,7 @@ msgstr "" "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4189,13 +4267,13 @@ msgstr "" "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4207,13 +4285,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4225,7 +4303,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4241,13 +4319,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4270,7 +4348,7 @@ msgstr "" "называемый <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4288,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr "" "такие как автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4309,13 +4387,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню для входа в режим командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4333,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4355,7 +4433,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4365,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4387,7 +4465,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4399,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4430,7 +4508,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4448,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4468,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4483,7 +4561,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4491,3 +4569,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Настройка LVM в &d-i; очень проста. Во-первых, вы помечаете разделы, " +#~ "которые будут использоваться как физические тома для LVM. (Это " +#~ "выполняется с помощью <command>partman</command> в меню " +#~ "<guimenu>Настройка разделов</guimenu>, где вы должны выбрать <menuchoice> " +#~ "<guimenu>Использовать как: </guimenu> <guimenuitem>физический том для " +#~ "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Затем, запустите модуль " +#~ "<command>lvmcfg</command> (прямо из <command>partman</command> или из " +#~ "главного меню &d-i;) и объедините физические тома в группу томов в меню " +#~ "<guimenuitem>Изменение группы томов (VG)</guimenuitem>. После этого, вы " +#~ "должны создать логические тома в верхней группе томов из меню " +#~ "<guimenuitem>Изменение логических томов (LV)</guimenuitem>." diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 3433e98da..74a8a907a 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 15:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -1270,7 +1270,16 @@ msgstr "" "finns tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1290,73 +1299,73 @@ msgstr "" "plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1366,19 +1375,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM kommer installeraren även att " "skapa en separat partition för /boot. De andra partitionerna, förutom " "växlingsutrymmet kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1393,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1405,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1417,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1467,19 +1476,16 @@ msgstr "" "visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " "genererade partitionstabellen, kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " @@ -1494,7 +1500,7 @@ msgstr "" "ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1510,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1524,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" "texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1558,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1580,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1596,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1608,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1624,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1639,116 +1645,13 @@ msgstr "" "filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "Konfigurering av logisk volymhanterare (LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" -"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " -"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " -"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " -"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"För att undvika situationen som beskrivs kan du använda logisk " -"volymhantering (LVM). Kort sagt, med LVM kan du kombinera dina partitioner " -"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " -"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>), som sedan " -"kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</" -"firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " -"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över flera fysiska diskar." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " -"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " -"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp " -"och sedan förstora den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller ditt <filename>/" -"home</filename>-filsystem och voila — dina användare har lite plats " -"igen på deras nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite " -"förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-" -"lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"LVM-konfigurering i &d-i; är ganska enkel. Först måste du markera dina " -"partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. (Det här görs i " -"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" -"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Starta sedan " -"modulen <command>lvmcfg</command> (antingen direkt från <command>partman</" -"command> eller från huvudmenyn i &d-i;) och kombinera fysiska volymer till " -"volymgrupp(er) under menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera volymgrupper (VG)</" -"guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer på toppen av " -"volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska volymer (LV)</" -"guimenuitem>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"Efter du återvänt från <command>lvmcfg</command> till <command>partman</" -"command>, kommer du att se de logiska volymerna på samma sätt som vanliga " -"partitioner (och du bör se dem som det)." - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1768,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "" "kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1783,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1862,98 +1765,98 @@ msgstr "" "Alltså:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1963,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "minus en)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1973,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1989,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2007,7 +1910,7 @@ msgstr "" "ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2029,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2041,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2061,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2071,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "" "behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2090,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2104,13 +2007,187 @@ msgstr "" "enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "Konfigurering av logisk volymhanterare (LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika situationen som beskrivs kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Kort sagt, med LVM kan du kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>), som sedan " +"kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</" +"firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över flera fysiska diskar." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp " +"och sedan förstora den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller ditt <filename>/" +"home</filename>-filsystem och voila — dina användare har lite plats " +"igen på deras nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite " +"förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-" +"lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt från <command>lvmcfg</command> till <command>partman</" +"command>, kommer du att se de logiska volymerna på samma sätt som vanliga " +"partitioner (och du bör se dem som det)." + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2133,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2161,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2175,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" "processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2196,7 +2273,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2213,7 +2290,7 @@ msgstr "" "annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2227,13 +2304,13 @@ msgstr "" "ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2258,13 +2335,13 @@ msgstr "" "standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2278,13 +2355,13 @@ msgstr "" "olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2302,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" "i krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2316,25 +2393,25 @@ msgstr "" "system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2348,13 +2425,13 @@ msgstr "" "basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2373,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2393,13 +2470,13 @@ msgstr "" "återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2421,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" "överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2433,13 +2510,13 @@ msgstr "" "att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2452,25 +2529,25 @@ msgstr "" "nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2485,19 +2562,19 @@ msgstr "" "processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se sektionen ovan angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se sektionen ovan angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2511,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2530,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "" "ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2547,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr "" "namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2571,7 +2648,7 @@ msgstr "" "ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2594,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2628,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2648,7 +2725,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2656,13 +2733,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2672,13 +2749,13 @@ msgstr "" "användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2692,13 +2769,13 @@ msgstr "" "systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2712,7 +2789,7 @@ msgstr "" "operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2730,7 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "" "vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2744,19 +2821,19 @@ msgstr "" "inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2770,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2786,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2798,13 +2875,13 @@ msgstr "" "administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2818,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2839,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2854,7 +2931,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2864,13 +2941,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2884,13 +2961,13 @@ msgstr "" "här ta en stund." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2907,7 +2984,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2919,7 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2933,13 +3010,13 @@ msgstr "" "av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2955,13 +3032,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2995,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr "" "statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3013,13 +3090,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen är färdig." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val av och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3037,7 +3114,7 @@ msgstr "" "din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3071,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "" "listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3082,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" "valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3092,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "för att växla val av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3105,7 +3182,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3120,13 +3197,13 @@ msgstr "" "processen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3142,7 +3219,7 @@ msgstr "" "enkel att lära sig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3157,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr "" "post." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3167,13 +3244,13 @@ msgstr "" "postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "internetsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3187,13 +3264,13 @@ msgstr "" "vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3211,13 +3288,13 @@ msgstr "" "alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "endast lokal leverans" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3235,13 +3312,13 @@ msgstr "" "för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3255,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" "och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3271,13 +3348,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3292,7 +3369,7 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3308,13 +3385,13 @@ msgstr "" "mer information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3331,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3347,13 +3424,13 @@ msgstr "" "konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3376,13 +3453,13 @@ msgstr "" "en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3398,19 +3475,19 @@ msgstr "" "command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3422,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3435,7 +3512,7 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3445,13 +3522,13 @@ msgstr "" "till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3468,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3482,7 +3559,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3492,13 +3569,13 @@ msgstr "" "installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3508,13 +3585,13 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3526,13 +3603,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3550,7 +3627,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3568,13 +3645,13 @@ msgstr "" "det här, vänligen läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3602,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3620,13 +3697,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3644,13 +3721,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3679,13 +3756,13 @@ msgstr "" "detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3697,13 +3774,13 @@ msgstr "" "omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3717,13 +3794,13 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3738,13 +3815,13 @@ msgstr "" "initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3756,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr "" "att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3776,13 +3853,13 @@ msgstr "" "symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3826,13 +3903,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3842,13 +3919,13 @@ msgstr "" "inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3857,13 +3934,13 @@ msgstr "" "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3873,13 +3950,13 @@ msgstr "" "finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3889,13 +3966,13 @@ msgstr "" "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3923,13 +4000,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3939,13 +4016,13 @@ msgstr "" "det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3954,7 +4031,7 @@ msgstr "" "installerad" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3963,13 +4040,13 @@ msgstr "" "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3979,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr "" "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3989,19 +4066,19 @@ msgstr "" "och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4022,13 +4099,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4043,13 +4120,13 @@ msgstr "" "kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4065,13 +4142,13 @@ msgstr "" "om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4102,13 +4179,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4128,7 +4205,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4150,13 +4227,13 @@ msgstr "" "partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4166,13 +4243,13 @@ msgstr "" "består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4187,7 +4264,7 @@ msgstr "" "system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4201,13 +4278,13 @@ msgstr "" "valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4219,13 +4296,13 @@ msgstr "" "om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4237,7 +4314,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4253,13 +4330,13 @@ msgstr "" "dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4282,7 +4359,7 @@ msgstr "" "kallas <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4300,7 +4377,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4321,13 +4398,13 @@ msgstr "" "skalet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4345,7 +4422,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4367,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4377,7 +4454,7 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4400,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4412,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr "" "en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4444,7 +4521,7 @@ msgstr "" "och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4462,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr "" "known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4482,7 +4559,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4498,7 +4575,7 @@ msgstr "" "eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4507,6 +4584,31 @@ msgstr "" "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " "förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LVM-konfigurering i &d-i; är ganska enkel. Först måste du markera dina " +#~ "partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. (Det här görs i " +#~ "<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +#~ "guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Starta " +#~ "sedan modulen <command>lvmcfg</command> (antingen direkt från " +#~ "<command>partman</command> eller från huvudmenyn i &d-i;) och kombinera " +#~ "fysiska volymer till volymgrupp(er) under menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera " +#~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer " +#~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska " +#~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" diff --git a/po/vi/install-methods.po b/po/vi/install-methods.po index cfba03fc3..370840967 100644 --- a/po/vi/install-methods.po +++ b/po/vi/install-methods.po @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ # Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>, 2006. # msgid "" -"" -msgstr "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-01 20:23+0930\n" @@ -16,19 +16,19 @@ msgstr "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" "X-Generator: LocFactoryEditor 1.6b4\n" -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:5 #, no-c-format msgid "Obtaining System Installation Media" msgstr "Lấy vật chứa cài đặt hệ thống" -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:12 #, no-c-format msgid "Official &debian; CD-ROM Sets" msgstr "Bộ đĩa CD &debian; chính thức" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ msgid "" "several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " "above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " "space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "Phương pháp dễ nhất cài đặt &debian; là sử dụng một bộ đĩa CD-ROM Debian " +msgstr "" +"Phương pháp dễ nhất cài đặt &debian; là sử dụng một bộ đĩa CD-ROM Debian " "chính thức. Bạn có thể mua bộ đĩa như thế từ nhà bán (xem <ulink url=\"&url-" "debian-cd-vendors;\">trang nhà bán đĩa CD</ulink>). Cũng có khả năng tải các " "ảnh đĩa CD-ROM xuống một máy nhân bản Debian, tạo bộ đĩa CD cài đặt của " @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "Phương pháp dễ nhất cài đặt &debian; là sử dụng một b "thay thế, vì các gói nằm trên cùng một đĩa. Như thế thì không cần nhiều " "khoảng cách trên cái kệ, và không cần cứ chuyển đổi đĩa CD khi cài đặt." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -74,7 +75,8 @@ msgid "" "organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " "particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " "directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Nếu máy tính của bạn không hỗ trợ khả năng khởi động từ đĩa CD, còn bạn vẫn " +msgstr "" +"Nếu máy tính của bạn không hỗ trợ khả năng khởi động từ đĩa CD, còn bạn vẫn " "có bộ đĩa CD Debian chính thức, trong trường hợp này bạn có thể sử dụng " "chiến lược xen kẽ như sử dụng vật chứa <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" "boot\">đĩa mềm,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">băng hay băng đã mô phỏng,</" @@ -87,16 +89,17 @@ msgstr "Nếu máy tính của bạn không hỗ trợ khả năng khởi độn "tập tin riêng cần thiết để khởi động, hãy tìm tập tin đó bằng cách theo cùng " "một đường dẫn trên đĩa CD." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " "it needs from the CD." -msgstr "Một khi trình cài đặt đã được khởi động, nó sẽ có khả năng lấy từ đĩa CD các " +msgstr "" +"Một khi trình cài đặt đã được khởi động, nó sẽ có khả năng lấy từ đĩa CD các " "tập tin khác cần thiết." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -106,7 +109,8 @@ msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " "connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Nếu bạn không có bộ đĩa CD cài đặt Debian, trong trường hợp đó bạn cần phải " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn không có bộ đĩa CD cài đặt Debian, trong trường hợp đó bạn cần phải " "tải về các tập tin hệ thống cài đặt và chèn chúng vào <phrase arch=\"s390" "\">băng cài đặt</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">đĩa mềm " "hay</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">đĩa cứng hay</phrase> " @@ -114,38 +118,40 @@ msgstr "Nếu bạn không có bộ đĩa CD cài đặt Debian, trong trường "\"supports-tftp\">máy tính khác được kết nối</phrase> để sử dụng nó để khởi " "động trình cài đặt." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 #, no-c-format msgid "Downloading Files from Debian Mirrors" msgstr "Tải tập tin xuống nhân bản Debian" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " "url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "Để tìm máy nhân bản gần nhất (do đó rất có thể là nhanh nhất), xem <ulink " +msgstr "" +"Để tìm máy nhân bản gần nhất (do đó rất có thể là nhanh nhất), xem <ulink " "url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">danh sách nhân bản Debian</ulink>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files " "in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "Khi tải tập tin xuống máy nhân bản Debian, hãy kiểm tra xem bạn tải về trong " +msgstr "" +"Khi tải tập tin xuống máy nhân bản Debian, hãy kiểm tra xem bạn tải về trong " "chế độ <emphasis>nhị phân</emphasis> (binary), không phải chế độ kiểu văn " "bản (text) hay kiểu tự động (automatic)." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 #, no-c-format msgid "Where to Find Installation Images" msgstr "Nơi tìm ảnh cài đặt" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -154,19 +160,20 @@ msgid "" "installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" "\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " "and its purpose." -msgstr "Những ảnh cài đặt nằm trên mỗi máy nhân bản Debian trong thư mục <ulink url=" +msgstr "" +"Những ảnh cài đặt nằm trên mỗi máy nhân bản Debian trong thư mục <ulink url=" "\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-" "&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — tập tin <ulink url=\"&url-" "debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> liệt kê mỗi ảnh với mục " "đích của nó." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha Installation Files" msgstr "Tập tin cài đặt Alpha" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -177,7 +184,8 @@ msgid "" "firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the " "<filename>MILO</filename> directory as " "<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." -msgstr "Nếu bạn chọn khởi động từ phần vững bàn giao tiếp ARC, dùng <command>MILO</" +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn chọn khởi động từ phần vững bàn giao tiếp ARC, dùng <command>MILO</" "command>, bạn sẽ cũng cần phải chuẩn bị một đĩa chứa <command>MILO</command> " "và <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> được sao chép từ những ảnh đĩa đã cung " "cấp. Xem <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> để tìm thông tin thêm về phần " @@ -185,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "Nếu bạn chọn khởi động từ phần vững bàn giao tiếp AR "<filename>MILO</filename> mang tên " "<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -197,7 +205,8 @@ msgid "" "superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly " "generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto " "the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." -msgstr "Tiếc là chưa có thể thử ra những ảnh <command>MILO</command> này vậy có lẽ " +msgstr "" +"Tiếc là chưa có thể thử ra những ảnh <command>MILO</command> này vậy có lẽ " "chúng không hoạt động được trên mọi kiến trúc phụ. Nếu ảnh kiểu này không " "hoạt động được trong trường hợp của bạn, hãy thử sao chép tập tin nhị phân " "<command>MILO</command> thích hợp sang đĩa mềm (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;" @@ -207,24 +216,25 @@ msgstr "Tiếc là chưa có thể thử ra những ảnh <command>MILO</command "thống tập tin kiểu ext2 mới được tạo ra. Sự chỉnh sửa có thể là để hạt nhân " "trên phân vùng FAT ở cạnh <command>MILO</command> đó." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" "\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image " "for your Alpha platform." -msgstr "Tập tin nhị phân <command>MILO</command> có đặc trưng cho nền tảng. Xem " +msgstr "" +"Tập tin nhị phân <command>MILO</command> có đặc trưng cho nền tảng. Xem " "<xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> để quyết định ảnh <command>MILO</command> " "thích hợp với nền tảng Alpha riêng của bạn." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:152 #, no-c-format msgid "RiscPC Installation Files" msgstr "Tập tin cài đặt RiscPC" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -232,65 +242,69 @@ msgid "" "files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file " "onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " "components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." -msgstr "Bộ cài đặt RiscPC được khởi động lần đầu tiên từ hệ điều hành RISC OS. Mọi " +msgstr "" +"Bộ cài đặt RiscPC được khởi động lần đầu tiên từ hệ điều hành RISC OS. Mọi " "tập tin cần thiết được cung cấp trong cùng một kho nén Zip, &rpc-install-" "kit;. Hãy tải tập tin này về máy RISC OS, sao chép các thành phần " "<filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> vào nơi đúng, rồi chạy <filename>!" "dInstall</filename>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:165 #, no-c-format msgid "Netwinder Installation Files" msgstr "Tập tin cài đặt Netwinder" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied " "TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." -msgstr "Phương pháp dễ nhất để khởi động máy kiểu Netwinder là khởi động qua mạng, " +msgstr "" +"Phương pháp dễ nhất để khởi động máy kiểu Netwinder là khởi động qua mạng, " "dùng ảnh TFTP &netwinder-boot-img; được cung cấp." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:175 #, no-c-format msgid "CATS Installation Files" msgstr "Tập tin cài đặt CATS" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and " "initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." -msgstr "Có thể khởi động CATS hoặc qua mạng hoặc từ đĩa CD-ROM. Hạt nhân và initrd " +msgstr "" +"Có thể khởi động CATS hoặc qua mạng hoặc từ đĩa CD-ROM. Hạt nhân và initrd " "có thể được lấy từ ảnh &cats-boot-img;." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:185 #, no-c-format msgid "NSLU2 Installation Files" msgstr "Tập tin cài đặt NSLU2" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically " "boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be " "obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." -msgstr "Cung cấp cho máy Linksys NSLU2 có một ảnh phần vững sẽ khởi động tự động &d-" +msgstr "" +"Cung cấp cho máy Linksys NSLU2 có một ảnh phần vững sẽ khởi động tự động &d-" "i;. Ảnh phần vững này có thể được lấy từ ảnh &nslu2-firmware-img;." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:232 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Kernel" msgstr "Chọn hạt nhân" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:234 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -299,29 +313,31 @@ msgid "" "needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that " "supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" "&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." -msgstr "Một số kiến trúc phụ kiểu m68k có nhiều hạt nhân khác nhau có thể cài đặt. " +msgstr "" +"Một số kiến trúc phụ kiểu m68k có nhiều hạt nhân khác nhau có thể cài đặt. " "Thông thường chúng tôi khuyên bạn thử đầu tiên hạt nhân phiên bản mới nhất. " "Nếu kiến trúc phụ hay máy của bạn cần sử dụng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.2.x, hãy " "kiểm tra xem bạn chọn một của những ảnh hỗ trợ được hạt nhân 2.2.x (xem " "<ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" "\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:243 #, no-c-format msgid "" "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " "parameter &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Mọi ảnh m68k có thể sử dụng với hạt nhân phiên bản 2.2.x, cần thiết bạn nhập " +msgstr "" +"Mọi ảnh m68k có thể sử dụng với hạt nhân phiên bản 2.2.x, cần thiết bạn nhập " "tham số hạt nhân &ramdisksize; (kích cỡ của đĩa RAM)." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating an IPL tape" msgstr "Tạo băng IPL" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -333,7 +349,8 @@ msgid "" "filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" "filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " "sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." -msgstr "Nếu bạn không thể khởi động được (IPL) từ đĩa CD-ROM, cũng không sử dụng VM, " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn không thể khởi động được (IPL) từ đĩa CD-ROM, cũng không sử dụng VM, " "trong trường hợp đó bạn cần phải tạo một băng IPL trước tiên. Tiến trình này " "được diễn tả trong tiết đoạn 3.4.3 của Quyển Đỏ <ulink url=\"http://www." "redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux dành cho IBM " @@ -343,41 +360,44 @@ msgstr "Nếu bạn không thể khởi động được (IPL) từ đĩa CD-ROM "Những tập tin này có thể được tải xuống thư mục con <filename>tape</" "filename>: xem <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:287 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating Floppies from Disk Images" msgstr "Tạo đĩa mềm từ ảnh đĩa" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " "installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." -msgstr "Đĩa mềm có khả năng khởi động thường được dùng như là phương sách cuối cùng, " +msgstr "" +"Đĩa mềm có khả năng khởi động thường được dùng như là phương sách cuối cùng, " "để khởi động trình cài đặt trên phần cứng không có khả năng khởi động từ đĩa " "CD hoặc bằng cách nào khác." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:293 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " "drives." -msgstr "Người dùng đã thông báo trường hợp không thể khởi động trình cài đặt Debian " +msgstr "" +"Người dùng đã thông báo trường hợp không thể khởi động trình cài đặt Debian " "từ đĩa mềm nằm trong ổ đĩa mềm USB của máy tính Apple Mac." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " "Macs." -msgstr "Máy tính kiểu cả Amiga lẫn Apple Mac 68k đều không hỗ trợ khả năng khởi đông " +msgstr "" +"Máy tính kiểu cả Amiga lẫn Apple Mac 68k đều không hỗ trợ khả năng khởi đông " "trình cài đặt Debian từ đĩa mềm." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -388,7 +408,8 @@ msgid "" "mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " "disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " "from the file onto the floppy." -msgstr "Ảnh đĩa là tập tin chứa nội dung hoàn toàn của một đĩa mềm có dạng " +msgstr "" +"Ảnh đĩa là tập tin chứa nội dung hoàn toàn của một đĩa mềm có dạng " "<emphasis>thô</emphasis> (raw). Ảnh đĩa, v.d. <filename>boot.img</filename>, " "không thể đơn giản được sao chép vào ổ đĩa mềm. Cần phải sử dụng một chương " "trình đặc biệt để ghi các tập tin ảnh vào đĩa mềm trong chế độ " @@ -396,34 +417,36 @@ msgstr "Ảnh đĩa là tập tin chứa nội dung hoàn toàn của một đĩ "diện thô của đĩa đó : cần phải làm việc <emphasis>sao chép rãnh ghi</" "emphasis> các dữ liệu từ tập tin vào đĩa mềm." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This " "section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different " "platforms." -msgstr "Có một số phương pháp khác nhau tạo đĩa mềm từ ảnh đĩa. Tiết đoạn này diễn " +msgstr "" +"Có một số phương pháp khác nhau tạo đĩa mềm từ ảnh đĩa. Tiết đoạn này diễn " "tả phương pháp tạo đĩa mềm từ ảnh đĩa trên nền tảng khác nhau." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " "to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " "ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." -msgstr "Bất chấp phương pháp nào bạn sử dụng để tạo đĩa mềm, bạn nên nhớ bật nút " +msgstr "" +"Bất chấp phương pháp nào bạn sử dụng để tạo đĩa mềm, bạn nên nhớ bật nút " "chống lại ghi trên đĩa mềm đó, một khi ghi nó, để đảm bảo dữ liệu được ghi " "sẽ không bị hại tình cờ." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images From a Linux or Unix System" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa từ hệ thống Linux/UNIX" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -444,7 +467,8 @@ msgid "" "systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive " "<phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the " "manual page)</phrase>." -msgstr "Để ghi các tập tin ảnh đĩa mềm vào những đĩa mềm thật, rất có thể là bạn sẽ " +msgstr "" +"Để ghi các tập tin ảnh đĩa mềm vào những đĩa mềm thật, rất có thể là bạn sẽ " "cần có quyền truy cập hệ thống của người chủ (root). Hãy nạp một đĩa mềm " "rỗng tốt vào ổ đĩa mềm. Sau đó, nhập lệnh <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ dd if=<replaceable>tên_tập_tin</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 " @@ -461,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "Để ghi các tập tin ảnh đĩa mềm vào những đĩa mềm th "ra ổ <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(trên Solaris, dùng lệnh <command>eject</" "command>, xem trang hướng dẫn để tìm chi tiết)</phrase>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:353 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -479,7 +503,8 @@ msgid "" "when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " "<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " "administrator. </phrase>" -msgstr "Một số hệ thống riêng thử gắn kết tự động đĩa mềm nào được nạp vào ổ. Có lẽ " +msgstr "" +"Một số hệ thống riêng thử gắn kết tự động đĩa mềm nào được nạp vào ổ. Có lẽ " "bạn cần phải tắt tính năng này, trước khi máy trạm cho phép bạn ghi một đĩa " "mềm trong <emphasis>chế độ thô</emphasis>. Tiếc là phương pháp thích hợp đặc " "trưng cho hệ điều hành. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> Trên Solaris, bạn có thể " @@ -493,33 +518,35 @@ msgstr "Một số hệ thống riêng thử gắn kết tự động đĩa mề "được định dạng (đĩa mềm vô danh có tên mặc định là <filename>unnamed_floppy</" "filename>). Trên hệ thống khác, hãy hỏi quản trị hệ thống. </phrase>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " "<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " "install it." -msgstr "Nếu bạn ghi đĩa mềm trên máy PowerPC chạy Linux, bạn sẽ cần phải đẩy ra đĩa. " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn ghi đĩa mềm trên máy PowerPC chạy Linux, bạn sẽ cần phải đẩy ra đĩa. " "Khuyên bạn dùng chương trình <command>eject</command>; có lẽ bạn cần phải " "cài đặt nó trước tiên." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:392 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images From DOS, Windows, or OS/2" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa từ DOS, Windows, hay OS/2" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have access to an i386 machine, you can use one of the following " "programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "Nếu bạn có cách truy cập một máy kiểu i386, bạn có thể dùng một của những " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn có cách truy cập một máy kiểu i386, bạn có thể dùng một của những " "chương trình sau đây để sao chép ảnh vào đĩa mềm." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -528,40 +555,43 @@ msgid "" "booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " "Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "Dưới MS-DOS, có thể sử dụng chương trình <command>rawrite1</command> và " +msgstr "" +"Dưới MS-DOS, có thể sử dụng chương trình <command>rawrite1</command> và " "<command>rawrite2</command>. Để làm như thế, trước tiên hãy kiểm tra xem bạn " "đã khởi động vào hệ điều hành DOS. Việc thử dùng chương trình này bên trong " "hộp DOS trong hệ điều hành Windows, hoặc việc nhấn đôi vào chương trình này " "trong Windows Explorer rất có thể sẽ <emphasis>không phải</emphasis> hoạt " "động được." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " "ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." "dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Chương trình <command>rwwrtwin</command> chạy dưới hệ điều hành Windows 95, " +msgstr "" +"Chương trình <command>rwwrtwin</command> chạy dưới hệ điều hành Windows 95, " "NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP và rất có thể dưới các phiên bản sau. Để sử dụng nó, " "bạn sẽ cần phải giải nén tập tin « diskio.dll » trong cùng thư mục." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" "tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "Có thể tìm thấy những công cụ này trên đĩa CD-ROM Debian chính thức, dưới " +msgstr "" +"Có thể tìm thấy những công cụ này trên đĩa CD-ROM Debian chính thức, dưới " "thư mục <filename>/tools</filename> (công cụ)." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images on Atari Systems" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa trên hệ thống Atari" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -569,18 +599,19 @@ msgid "" "disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and " "type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at " "the TOS program command line dialog box." -msgstr "Chương trình &rawwrite.ttp; nằm trong cùng một thư mục với các ảnh đĩa mềm. " +msgstr "" +"Chương trình &rawwrite.ttp; nằm trong cùng một thư mục với các ảnh đĩa mềm. " "Hãy khởi chạy chương trình này bằng cách nhấn đôi vào biểu tượng của chương " "trình, rồi gõ vào hộp thoại dòng lệnh chương trình TOS, tên của tập tin ảnh " "đĩa mềm bạn muốn ghi vào đĩa mềm." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:438 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images on Macintosh Systems" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa trên hệ thống Apple Mac" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -589,18 +620,19 @@ msgid "" "installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). " "However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system " "and modules, later in the process." -msgstr "Không có ứng dụng MacOS có thể ghi ảnh vào đĩa mềm (việc này không có ích vì " +msgstr "" +"Không có ứng dụng MacOS có thể ghi ảnh vào đĩa mềm (việc này không có ích vì " "không thể khởi động hệ thống cài đặt hoặc cài đặt hạt nhân và các mô-đun từ " "đĩa mềm trên Mac). Tuy nhiên, những tập tin này cần thiết để cài đặt hệ điều " "hành và các mô-đun, trong giai đoạn sau của tiến trình." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images From MacOS" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa từ MacOS" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -612,7 +644,8 @@ msgid "" "Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " "ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " "the file image to it." -msgstr "Có một tập lệnh AppleScript tên <application>Make Debian Floppy</" +msgstr "" +"Có một tập lệnh AppleScript tên <application>Make Debian Floppy</" "application> (tạo đĩa mềm Debian) sẵn sàng để chép ra đĩa mềm từ các tập tin " "ảnh đĩa được cung cấp. Bạn có thể tải nó xuống <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2." "sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></" @@ -622,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "Có một tập lệnh AppleScript tên <application>Make Debian Floppy< "Copy (sao chép đĩa) sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận bạn muốn xoá hoàn toàn đĩa mềm đó, " "rồi nó sẽ tiếp tục ghi ảnh tập tin vào nó." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -630,19 +663,20 @@ msgid "" "the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" "filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " "methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." -msgstr "Cũng có thể dùng trực tiếp tiện ích Mac OS <command>Disk Copy</command> (sao " +msgstr "" +"Cũng có thể dùng trực tiếp tiện ích Mac OS <command>Disk Copy</command> (sao " "chép đĩa) hay tiện ích giải nén phần mềm biếu không <command>suntar</" "command>. Tập tin <filename>root.bin</filename> là một ảnh đĩa mềm thí dụ. " "Hãy dùng một của những phương pháp sau đây để tạo một đĩa mềm từ ảnh đĩa mềm " "bằng những tiện ích này." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:480 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images with <command>Disk Copy</command>" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa bằng <command>Disk Copy</command>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -650,33 +684,36 @@ msgid "" "official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " "The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " "you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." -msgstr "Nếu bạn đang tạo ảnh đĩa mềm từ các tập tin đã có trên đĩa CD &debian; chính " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn đang tạo ảnh đĩa mềm từ các tập tin đã có trên đĩa CD &debian; chính " "thức, trong trường hợp đó cả hai tài sản Type (kiểu) và Creator (bộ tạo) đã " "được đặt cho đúng. Chỉ cần thiết theo những bước <command>Creator-Changer</" "command> (thay đổi bộ tạo) này nếu bạn đã tải các tập tin ảnh xuống một máy " "nhân bản Debian nào đó." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " "and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." -msgstr "Lấy tiện ích <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</" +msgstr "" +"Lấy tiện ích <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</" "ulink> và dùng nó để mở tập tin <filename>root.bin</filename>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " "to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " "for these fields." -msgstr "Thay đổi thông tin Creator thành <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), và " +msgstr "" +"Thay đổi thông tin Creator thành <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), và " "thay đổi Type thành <userinput>DDim</userinput> (ảnh đĩa mềm nhị phân). Hai " "trường này phân biệt chữ hoa/thường." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -685,24 +722,26 @@ msgid "" "<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " "MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " "mounted." -msgstr "<emphasis>Quan trọng:</emphasis> trong Finder, hãy chọn ảnh đĩa mềm rồi bật " +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Quan trọng:</emphasis> trong Finder, hãy chọn ảnh đĩa mềm rồi bật " "tính năng <userinput>Get Info</userinput> (⌘-i, lấy thông tin) để hiển thị " "thông tin về nó. Trong hộp thông tin đó, đánh dấu trong hộp chọn ở cạnh " "<userinput>File Locked</userinput> (tập tin bị khoá) để ngăn cản hệ điều " "hành MacOS gỡ bỏ các khối tin khởi động nếu ảnh này được gắn kết tình cờ." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " "will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" "diskcopy;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Lấy tiện ích <command>Disk Copy</command>; nếu bạn có hệ điều hành MacOS hay " +msgstr "" +"Lấy tiện ích <command>Disk Copy</command>; nếu bạn có hệ điều hành MacOS hay " "đĩa CD cài đặt nó, rất có thể là tiện ích này đã có ; nếu không, xem <ulink " "url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:520 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -711,20 +750,21 @@ msgid "" "menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " "resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " "want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." -msgstr "Chạy tiện ích <command>Disk Copy</command>, rồi chọn <menuchoice> " +msgstr "" +"Chạy tiện ích <command>Disk Copy</command>, rồi chọn <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> (tiện ích/tạo đĩa mềm), sau đó, chọn tập tin ảnh <emphasis>bị " "khoá</emphasis> trong hộp thoại xuất hiện. Hộp thoại sẽ nhắc bạn nạp đĩa " "mềm, rồi hỏi nếu bạn thật sự muốn xoá nó hoàn toàn: xoá đi. Khi làm xong, " "chương trình nên đẩy ra đĩa." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:535 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images with <command>suntar</command>" msgstr "Ghi ảnh đĩa bằng <command>suntar</command>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -732,26 +772,28 @@ msgid "" "ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " "<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " "menu." -msgstr "Lấy tiện ích <command>suntar</command> từ <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;" +msgstr "" +"Lấy tiện ích <command>suntar</command> từ <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;" "\"> </ulink>. Khởi chạy chương trình <command>suntar</command> rồi chọn " "<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> (ghi đè lên các rãnh ghi) trong trình " "đơn <userinput>Special</userinput> (đặc biệt)." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." -msgstr "Khi được nhắc, nạp đĩa mềm, rồi bấm phím &enterkey; (bất đầu ở rãnh ghi 0)." +msgstr "" +"Khi được nhắc, nạp đĩa mềm, rồi bấm phím &enterkey; (bất đầu ở rãnh ghi 0)." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "Chọn tập tin <filename>root.bin</filename> trong hộp thoại mở tập tin." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -759,28 +801,30 @@ msgid "" "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " "there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " "another." -msgstr "Sau khi đĩa mềm được tạo thành công, hãy chọn <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</" +msgstr "" +"Sau khi đĩa mềm được tạo thành công, hãy chọn <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</" "guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> (tập tin/đẩy ra). " "Nếu gặp lỗi nào trong khi tạo đĩa mềm, đơn giản hãy bỏ đĩa và thử đĩa mới." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" "emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " "helpfully ruin it." -msgstr "Trước khi sử dụng đĩa mềm bạn đã tạo, hãy <emphasis>bật nút chống lại ghi</" +msgstr "" +"Trước khi sử dụng đĩa mềm bạn đã tạo, hãy <emphasis>bật nút chống lại ghi</" "emphasis>! Nếu không, hệ điều hành MacOS sẽ hủy đĩa này nếu nó được gắn kết " "tình cờ." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for USB Memory Stick Booting" msgstr "Chuẩn bị tập tin để khởi động thanh bộ nhớ USB" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -790,29 +834,31 @@ msgid "" "try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this " "example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you " "may have to turn off its write protection switch." -msgstr "Để chuẩn bị thanh USB, cần thiết hệ thống đang chạy GNU/LInux, cũng hỗ trợ " +msgstr "" +"Để chuẩn bị thanh USB, cần thiết hệ thống đang chạy GNU/LInux, cũng hỗ trợ " "khả năng USB. Bạn nên kiểm tra xem mô-đun hạt nhân vật chứa USB đã được tải " "(chạy lệnh <userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>), cũng cố gắng tìm " "biết thanh USB đã được ánh xạ tới thiết bị SCSI nào (trong thí dụ này là " "thiết bị <filename>/dev/sda</filename>). Để ghi vào thanh USB, rất có thể là " "bạn sẽ phải tắt nút chống lại ghi của nó." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " "are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "Ghi chú rằng thanh USB nên có khả năng ít nhất 256 MB (còn có thể tạo thiết " +msgstr "" +"Ghi chú rằng thanh USB nên có khả năng ít nhất 256 MB (còn có thể tạo thiết " "lập nhỏ hơn nếu bạn theo <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "Copying the files — the easy way" msgstr "Sao chép tập tin một cách dễ dàng" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:606 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -820,18 +866,19 @@ msgid "" "contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " "<command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to " "extract it directly to your USB stick:" -msgstr "Có một tập tin toàn bộ <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> chứa mọi " +msgstr "" +"Có một tập tin toàn bộ <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> chứa mọi " "tập tin cài đặt (gồm hạt nhân) cũng như <command>SYSLINUX</command> và tập " "tin cấu hình của nó. Bạn chỉ cần phải giải nén nó trực tiếp vào thanh USB:" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch -#.Tag: screen +#. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -841,29 +888,31 @@ msgid "" "type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</" "command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly " "to that:" -msgstr "Có một tập tin toàn bộ <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> chứa mọi " +msgstr "" +"Có một tập tin toàn bộ <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> chứa mọi " "tập tin cài đặt (gồm hạt nhân) cũng như <command>yaboot</command> và tập tin " "cấu hình của nó. Hãy tạo một phân vùng kiểu « Apple_Bootstrap » trên thanh " "USB, dùng lệnh <userinput>C</userinput> của tiện ích <command>mac-fdisk</" "command>, rồi giải nén ảnh trực tiếp vào phân vùng đó." # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch -#.Tag: screen +#. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure " "that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." -msgstr "Phương pháp này sẽ hủy mọi thứ đã có trên thiết bị đó. Hãy kiểm tra xem bạn " +msgstr "" +"Phương pháp này sẽ hủy mọi thứ đã có trên thiết bị đó. Hãy kiểm tra xem bạn " "dùng tên thiết bị đúng của thanh USB đó." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:633 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -874,7 +923,8 @@ msgid "" "on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please " "note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the " "stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." -msgstr "Sau đó, hãy gắn kết thanh USB (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" +msgstr "" +"Sau đó, hãy gắn kết thanh USB (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" "\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" "replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), mà lúc bây giờ chứa một <phrase arch=\"i386" "\">hệ thống tập tin kiểu FAT</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">hệ thống tập " @@ -883,38 +933,39 @@ msgstr "Sau đó, hãy gắn kết thanh USB (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount <rep "tin phải kết thúc bằng <filename>.iso</filename>. Bỏ lắp thanh USB " "(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>): hoàn tất." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:649 #, no-c-format msgid "Copying the files — the flexible way" msgstr "Sao chép tập tin một cách dẻo" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:650 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " "should use the following method to put the files on your stick." -msgstr "Nếu bạn thích tính chất dẻo hơn, hoặc chỉ muốn biết có gì xảy ra, bạn nên sử " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn thích tính chất dẻo hơn, hoặc chỉ muốn biết có gì xảy ra, bạn nên sử " "dụng phương pháp theo đây để sao chép những tập tin vào thanh USB." -#.Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:662 -#: install-methods.xml:754 +#. Tag: title +#: install-methods.xml:662 install-methods.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "Phân vùng thanh USB trên &arch-title;" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, " "instead of the entire device." -msgstr "Tiết đoạn này diễn tả phương pháp thiết lập thanh USB để dùng chỉ phân vùng " +msgstr "" +"Tiết đoạn này diễn tả phương pháp thiết lập thanh USB để dùng chỉ phân vùng " "thứ nhất, thay vì toàn bộ thiết bị." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -927,7 +978,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " "for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " "the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." -msgstr "Vì phần lớn thanh USB có một phân vùng FAT16 riêng lẻ được cấu hình sẵn, rất " +msgstr "" +"Vì phần lớn thanh USB có một phân vùng FAT16 riêng lẻ được cấu hình sẵn, rất " "có thể là bạn sẽ không cần phải phân vùng lại hay định dạng lại thanh đó. " "Nếu bạn vẫn còn cần phải làm như thế, hãy dùng tiện ích <command>cfdisk</" "command> hay công cụ phân vùng khác nào để tạo một phân vùng kiểu FAT16, rồi " @@ -937,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "Vì phần lớn thanh USB có một phân vùng FAT16 riêng lẻ đư "USB. Chức năng <command>mkdosfs</command> nằm trong gói Debian " "<classname>dosfstools</classname>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -947,7 +999,8 @@ msgid "" "since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a " "text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be " "used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "Để khởi chạy hạt nhân sau khi khởi động từ thanh USB, bạn cần phải để một bộ " +msgstr "" +"Để khởi chạy hạt nhân sau khi khởi động từ thanh USB, bạn cần phải để một bộ " "tải khởi động trên thanh đó. Mặc dù bất kỳ bộ tải khởi động nào (v.d. " "<command>LILO</command>) nên hoạt động được, tiện là dùng <command>SYSLINUX</" "command>, vì nó sử dụng phân vùng kiểu FAT16 và có thể được cấu hình lại " @@ -955,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "Để khởi chạy hạt nhân sau khi khởi động từ thanh USB, b "hệ thống tập tin FAT có thể được dùng để thay đổi cấu hình của bộ tải khởi " "động." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -968,7 +1021,8 @@ msgid "" "command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " "the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " "code." -msgstr "Để chèn <command>SYSLINUX</command> vào phân vùng kiểu FAT16 trên thanh USB, " +msgstr "" +"Để chèn <command>SYSLINUX</command> vào phân vùng kiểu FAT16 trên thanh USB, " "hãy cài đặt hai gói <classname>syslinux</classname> và <classname>mtools</" "classname> vào hệ thống, rồi chạy lệnh: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" @@ -978,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "Để chèn <command>SYSLINUX</command> vào phân vùng kiểu FAT16 tr "vùng đó và tạo tập tin <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> mà chứa mã của bộ " "tải khởi động." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -991,7 +1045,8 @@ msgid "" "kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the " "files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS " "(8.3) file names." -msgstr "Hãy gắn kết phân vùng đó (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</" +msgstr "" +"Hãy gắn kết phân vùng đó (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</" "userinput>) rồi sao chép những tập tin theo đây từ kho Debian sang thanh " "USB: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (tập tin " "nhị phân của hạt nhân) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd." @@ -1002,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "Hãy gắn kết phân vùng đó (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount /dev/sd "hãy ghi chú rằng <command>SYSLINUX</command> có thể xử lý chỉ tên tập tin " "dạng DOS (8.3)." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1013,7 +1068,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" "userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " "are booting." -msgstr "Tập tin cấu hình <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> nên chứa hai dòng này: " +msgstr "" +"Tập tin cấu hình <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> nên chứa hai dòng này: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" @@ -1021,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "Tập tin cấu hình <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> nên chứa hai "trị của tham số kích cỡ đĩa RAM <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput>, phụ " "thuộc vào ảnh đang được khởi động." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1036,7 +1092,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " "for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " "the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." -msgstr "Phần lớn thanh USB không có cấu hình sẵn cung cấp khả năng khởi động " +msgstr "" +"Phần lớn thanh USB không có cấu hình sẵn cung cấp khả năng khởi động " "OpenFirmware, vậy bạn cần phải phân vùng lại thanh đó. Trên hệ thống Mac, " "hãy chạy lệnh <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, rồi khởi tạo một sơ " "đồ phân vùng mới bằng lệnh <userinput>i</userinput>, cũng tạo một phân vùng " @@ -1048,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "Phần lớn thanh USB không có cấu hình sẵn cung cấp khả nă "USB. Chức năng <command>hformat</command> nằm trong gói Debian " "<classname>hfsutils</classname>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1057,14 +1114,15 @@ msgid "" "installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " "text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " "used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "Để khởi chạy hạt nhân sau khi khởi động từ thanh USB, bạn nên để một bộ tải " +msgstr "" +"Để khởi chạy hạt nhân sau khi khởi động từ thanh USB, bạn nên để một bộ tải " "khởi động trên thanh đó. Bộ tải khởi động <command>yaboot</command> có thể " "được cài đặt vào hệ thống tập tin kiểu HFS, cũng có thể được cấu hình lại " "bằng cách chỉ hiệu chỉnh một tập tin văn bản. Bất kỳ hệ điều hành nào hỗ trợ " "hệ thống tập tin HFS có thể được dùng để thay đổi cấu hình của bộ tải khởi " "động." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1083,7 +1141,8 @@ msgid "" "utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " "done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " "utilities." -msgstr "Công cụ <command>ybin</command> chuẩn có sẵn với bộ tải khởi động " +msgstr "" +"Công cụ <command>ybin</command> chuẩn có sẵn với bộ tải khởi động " "<command>yaboot</command> chưa có khả năng xử lý thiết bị vật chứa USB, vậy " "bạn sẽ cần phải tự cài đặt <command>yaboot</command> bằng các công cụ " "<classname>hfsutils</classname>. Hãy gõ những lệnh: " @@ -1100,46 +1159,47 @@ msgstr "Công cụ <command>ybin</command> chuẩn có sẵn với bộ tải kh "động nó. Một khi làm như thế, phần còn lại của thanh USB có thể được chuẩn " "bị bằng các tiện ích UNIX chuẩn." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " "the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" -msgstr "Hãy gắn kết phân vùng đó (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</" +msgstr "" +"Hãy gắn kết phân vùng đó (dùng lệnh <userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</" "userinput>) và sao chép những tập tin theo đây từ kho Debian vào thanh USB:" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:802 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (tập tin nhị phân của hạt nhân)" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ảnh đĩa RAM đầu tiên)" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:812 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot configuration file)" msgstr "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (tập tin cấu hình yaboot)" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (optional boot message)" msgstr "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (thông điệp khởi động tùy chọn)" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:822 #, no-c-format msgid "Optional kernel modules" msgstr "Mô-đun hạt nhân tùy chọn" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1158,7 +1218,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" "userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " "are booting." -msgstr "Tập tin cấu hình <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> nên chứa những dòng này: " +msgstr "" +"Tập tin cấu hình <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> nên chứa những dòng này: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" @@ -1174,13 +1235,13 @@ msgstr "Tập tin cấu hình <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> nên chứa nhữ "tham số <userinput>initrd-size</userinput>, phụ thuộc vào ảnh nào đang được " "khởi động." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "Adding an ISO image" msgstr "Thêm ảnh ISO" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1189,13 +1250,14 @@ msgid "" "copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto " "your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image " "must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." -msgstr "Trình cài đặt sẽ quét thanh đó tìm ảnh ISO kiểu Debian là nguồn dữ liệu " +msgstr "" +"Trình cài đặt sẽ quét thanh đó tìm ảnh ISO kiểu Debian là nguồn dữ liệu " "thêm. Như thế thì bước kế tiếp là sao chép một ảnh ISO Debian (kiểu thẻ kinh " "doanh [businesscard], kiểu qua mạng [netinst] hay ngay cả ảnh CD đầy đủ) vào " "thanh USB có đủ sức chứa. Tên tập tin của ảnh này phải kết thúc bằng " "<filename>.iso</filename>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1204,63 +1266,67 @@ msgid "" "initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of " "the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/" "initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." -msgstr "Nếu bạn muốn cài đặt qua mạng, không sử dụng ảnh ISO, hãy bỏ qua bước trước. " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn muốn cài đặt qua mạng, không sử dụng ảnh ISO, hãy bỏ qua bước trước. " "Hơn nữa, bạn cần phải sử dụng đĩa RAM đầu tiên từ thư mục <filename>netboot</" "filename> thay cho điều nằm trong <filename>hd-media</filename>, vì " "<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> không có khả năng hỗ trợ chạy mạng." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" "userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." -msgstr "Khi bạn làm xong, hãy tháo gắn kết thanh USB (dùng lệnh <userinput>umount /" +msgstr "" +"Khi bạn làm xong, hãy tháo gắn kết thanh USB (dùng lệnh <userinput>umount /" "mnt</userinput>) rồi bật nút chống lại ghi của nó." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting the USB stick" msgstr "Khởi động thanh USB" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " "an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" "mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" -msgstr "Nếu hệ thống không khởi động được từ thanh USB, có lẽ thanh đó chứa một mục " +msgstr "" +"Nếu hệ thống không khởi động được từ thanh USB, có lẽ thanh đó chứa một mục " "ghi khởi động chủ (Master Boot Record: MBR) không hợp lệ. Để khắc phục nó, " "dùng chức năng <command>install-mbr</command> của gói <classname>mbr</" "classname>:" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch -#.Tag: screen +#. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:892 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for Hard Disk Booting" msgstr "Chuẩn bị tập tin để khởi động đĩa cứng" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " "drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " "invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." -msgstr "Có thể khởi động trình cài đặt bằng tập tin khởi động nằm trên một phân vùng " +msgstr "" +"Có thể khởi động trình cài đặt bằng tập tin khởi động nằm trên một phân vùng " "đĩa cứng đã có, hoặc được khởi chạy từ hệ điều hành khác, hoặc bằng cách gọi " "một bộ tải khởi động trực tiếp từ BIOS." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:899 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1268,18 +1334,20 @@ msgid "" "technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " "burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " "disks." -msgstr "Có thể dùng phương pháp này để cài đặt <quote>hoàn toàn qua mạng</quote>. " +msgstr "" +"Có thể dùng phương pháp này để cài đặt <quote>hoàn toàn qua mạng</quote>. " "Làm như thế tránh tất cả các vấn đề về vật chứa rời, v.d. cần phải tìm và " "chép ra ảnh đĩa CD, hoặc gặp khó khăn quản lý đĩa mềm quá nhiều hay không " "đáng tin." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:906 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." -msgstr "Trình cài đặt không thể khởi động từ tập tin nằm trên hệ thống kiểu NTFS." +msgstr "" +"Trình cài đặt không thể khởi động từ tập tin nằm trên hệ thống kiểu NTFS." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1291,7 +1359,8 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " "order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " "installation files you download." -msgstr "Trình cài đặt không thể khởi động từ tập tin nằm trên hệ thống tập tin kiểu " +msgstr "" +"Trình cài đặt không thể khởi động từ tập tin nằm trên hệ thống tập tin kiểu " "HFS+. Hệ điều hành MacOS 8.1 và sau có khả năng dùng hệ thống tập tin HFS+; " "mọi máy PowerMac kiểu mới có phải dùng HFS+. Để quyết định nếu hệ thống tập " "tin tồn tại của bạn là HFS+ hay không, trong Finder hãy chọn đĩa chứa hệ " @@ -1302,83 +1371,89 @@ msgstr "Trình cài đặt không thể khởi động từ tập tin nằm trê "một phân vùng kiểu HFS chuẩn (không phải HFS+) để trao đổi tập tin giữa hai " "hệ điều hành MacOS và Linux, đặc biệt các tập tin cài đặt bạn tải về." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " "depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " "<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." -msgstr "Máy tính <quote>kiểu mới</quote> và <quote>kiểu cũ</quote> sử dụng chương " +msgstr "" +"Máy tính <quote>kiểu mới</quote> và <quote>kiểu cũ</quote> sử dụng chương " "trình khác nhau để khởi động hệ thống cài đặt trên đĩa cứng." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" "command>" -msgstr "Khởi động trình cài đặt trên đĩa cứng bằng <command>LILO</command> hay " +msgstr "" +"Khởi động trình cài đặt trên đĩa cứng bằng <command>LILO</command> hay " "<command>GRUB</command>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " "installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." -msgstr "Tiết đoạn này diễn tả cách thêm, ngay cả cách thay thế bản cài đặt Linux đã " +msgstr "" +"Tiết đoạn này diễn tả cách thêm, ngay cả cách thay thế bản cài đặt Linux đã " "có, dùng bộ tải khởi động hoặc <command>LILO</command> hoặc <command>GRUB</" "command>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " "kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" "system by the kernel." -msgstr "Vào lúc khởi động, cả hai bộ tải khởi động hỗ trợ khả năng tải vào bộ nhớ " +msgstr "" +"Vào lúc khởi động, cả hai bộ tải khởi động hỗ trợ khả năng tải vào bộ nhớ " "không phải chỉ hạt nhân, cũng lại một ảnh đĩa. Hạt nhân có thể sử dụng đĩa " "RAM này như là hệ thống tập tin gốc." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " "on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -msgstr "Hãy sao chép những tập tin theo đây từ kho Debian vào một vị trí tiện trên " +msgstr "" +"Hãy sao chép những tập tin theo đây từ kho Debian vào một vị trí tiện trên " "đĩa cứng, v.d. vào <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:951 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (tập tin nhị phân của hạt nhân)" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:956 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ảnh đĩa RAM)" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" "\"/>." -msgstr "Cuối cùng, để cấu hình bộ tải khởi động, hãy tiếp tục tới <xref linkend=" +msgstr "" +"Cuối cùng, để cấu hình bộ tải khởi động, hãy tiếp tục tới <xref linkend=" "\"boot-initrd\"/>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for OldWorld Macs" msgstr "Khởi động trình cài đặt trên đĩa cứng của Mac kiểu cũ" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1391,7 +1466,8 @@ msgid "" "complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " "cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " "required on that model." -msgstr "Đĩa mềm <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> sử dụng ứng dụng " +msgstr "" +"Đĩa mềm <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> sử dụng ứng dụng " "<application>miBoot</application> để khởi chạy tiến trình cài đặt Linux, " "nhưng mà không thể dùng dễ dàng ứng dụng <application>miBoot</application> " "để khởi động đĩa cứng. Tuy nhiên, ứng dụng <application>BootX</application>, " @@ -1402,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "Đĩa mềm <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> sử dụng ứng dụn "cho đĩa cứng có khả năng khởi động. Vì vậy mô hình đó cần thiết ứng dụng " "<application>BootX</application>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1417,7 +1493,8 @@ msgid "" "filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " "folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " "active System Folder." -msgstr "Hãy tải về và giải nén bản phát hành <application>BootX</application> sẵn " +msgstr "" +"Hãy tải về và giải nén bản phát hành <application>BootX</application> sẵn " "sàng tại <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, hay nằm trong thư mục " "<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> trên " "máy nhân bản FTP/HTTP của Debian, cũng trên đĩa CD Debian chính thức. Dùng " @@ -1429,13 +1506,13 @@ msgstr "Hãy tải về và giải nén bản phát hành <application>BootX</ap "mục <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Rồi để thư mục <filename>Linux " "Kernels</filename> trong System Folder (thư mục hệ thống) hoạt động." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1007 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for NewWorld Macs" msgstr "Khởi động trình cài đặt trên đĩa cứng của Mac kiểu mới" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1446,7 +1523,8 @@ msgid "" "dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " "appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" "command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." -msgstr "Máy PowerMac kiểu mới hỗ trợ khả năng khởi động từ mạng hay từ đĩa CD-ROM " +msgstr "" +"Máy PowerMac kiểu mới hỗ trợ khả năng khởi động từ mạng hay từ đĩa CD-ROM " "kiểu ISO9660, cũng như khả năng tải tập tin nhị phân ELF một cách trực tiếp " "từ đĩa cứng. Những máy kiểu này sẽ khởi động trực tiếp Linux bằng " "<command>yaboot</command>, mà hỗ trợ khả năng tải trực tiếp hạt nhân và đĩa " @@ -1455,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "Máy PowerMac kiểu mới hỗ trợ khả năng khởi động từ m "máy mới hơn không có ổ đĩa mềm. Không hỗ trợ ứng dụng <command>BootX</" "command> nên không dùng nó trên máy PowerMac kiểu mới." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1019 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1463,40 +1541,41 @@ msgid "" "downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " "hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " "each file to the hard drive icon)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Sao chép</emphasis> (không phải di chuyển) bốn tập tin theo đây mà " +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Sao chép</emphasis> (không phải di chuyển) bốn tập tin theo đây mà " "bạn đã tải trước xuống kho Debian, vào lớp gốc của đĩa cứng. Có thể làm như " "thế bằng cách bấm phím <keycap>option</keycap> trong khi kéo mỗi tập tin vào " "biểu tượng của đĩa cứng." # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch -#.Tag: filename +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinux" msgstr "vmlinux" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch -#.Tag: filename +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.gz" msgstr "initrd.gz" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch -#.Tag: filename +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot" msgstr "yaboot" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch -#.Tag: filename +#. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot.conf" msgstr "yaboot.conf" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1049 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1505,26 +1584,28 @@ msgid "" "use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You " "will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " "Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." -msgstr "Hãy ghi nhớ số hiệu phân vùng MacOS nơi bạn để những tập tin này. Nếu bạn có " +msgstr "" +"Hãy ghi nhớ số hiệu phân vùng MacOS nơi bạn để những tập tin này. Nếu bạn có " "chương trình MacOS <command>pdisk</command>, bạn có khả năng dùng lệnh " "<command>L</command> để kiểm tra xem số hiệu phân vùng. Bạn cần biết số hiệu " "phân vùng này để gõ lệnh vào dấu nhắc OpenFirmware, khi bạn khởi động trình " "cài đặt." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." -msgstr "Để khởi động trình cài đặt, hãy tiếp tục tới <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/" +msgstr "" +"Để khởi động trình cài đặt, hãy tiếp tục tới <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/" ">." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for TFTP Net Booting" msgstr "Chuẩn bị tập tin để khởi động qua mạng TFTP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1533,24 +1614,26 @@ msgid "" "boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " "to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " "configured to support booting of your specific machine." -msgstr "Nếu máy tính của bạn có kết nối đến mạng cục bộ, bạn có thể có khả năng khởi " +msgstr "" +"Nếu máy tính của bạn có kết nối đến mạng cục bộ, bạn có thể có khả năng khởi " "động qua mạng từ máy khác bằng TFTP. Nếu bạn định khởi động hệ thống cài đặt " "từ máy khác, cần phải để các tập tin khởi động vào vị trí dứt khoát trên máy " "đó, cũng cấu hình máy đó để hỗ trợ khả năng khởi động máy tính riêng của bạn." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " "condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." -msgstr "Bạn cần phải thiết lập trình phục vụ TFTP, và cho nhiều máy riêng, trình " +msgstr "" +"Bạn cần phải thiết lập trình phục vụ TFTP, và cho nhiều máy riêng, trình " "phục vụ BOOTP <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, hay trình phục vụ RARP</" "phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, hay trình phục vụ DHCP</" "phrase>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1564,7 +1647,8 @@ msgid "" "\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " "flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " "configured via DHCP. </phrase>" -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Giao thức quyết định địa chỉ ngược lại " +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Giao thức quyết định địa chỉ ngược lại " "(RARP) là một cách báo ứng dụng khách địa chỉ IP cần dùng để nhận diện chính " "nó. Một cách khác là dùng giao thức BOOTP. </phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP là một giao thức IP báo máy tính biết địa chỉ IP " @@ -1575,18 +1659,19 @@ msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Giao thức quyết định địa c "BOOTP dẻo hơn và tương thích ngược. Một số hệ thống riêng có thể được cấu " "hình chỉ bằng DHCP.</phrase>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " "idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " "boot using BOOTP." -msgstr "Đối với máy PowerPC, nếu bạn có máy tính PowerMac kiểu mới, khuyên bạn dùng " +msgstr "" +"Đối với máy PowerPC, nếu bạn có máy tính PowerMac kiểu mới, khuyên bạn dùng " "DHCP thay cho BOOTP. Một số máy mới nhất không có khả năng khởi động bằng " "BOOTP." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1599,7 +1684,8 @@ msgid "" "need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can " "also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM " "console." -msgstr "Không như OpenFirmware nằm trên máy kiểu Sparc và PowerPC, bàn giao tiếp SRM " +msgstr "" +"Không như OpenFirmware nằm trên máy kiểu Sparc và PowerPC, bàn giao tiếp SRM " "sẽ <emphasis>không phải</emphasis> dùng RARP để lấy địa chỉ IP của chính nó " "nên bạn dùng BOOTP để khởi động máy Alpha qua mạng<footnote> <para> Cũng có " "thể khởi động hệ thống Alpha qua mạng bằng MOP (giao thức thao tác duy trì) " @@ -1608,16 +1694,17 @@ msgstr "Không như OpenFirmware nằm trên máy kiểu Sparc và PowerPC, bàn "para> </footnote>. Cũng có thể nhập trực tiếp vào bàn giao tiếp SRM cấu hình " "IP cho giao diện mạng." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " "is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." -msgstr "Một số máy HPPA cũ hơn (v.d. 715/75) dùng RBOOTD hơn là BOOTP. Debian có sẵn " +msgstr "" +"Một số máy HPPA cũ hơn (v.d. 715/75) dùng RBOOTD hơn là BOOTP. Debian có sẵn " "một gói <classname>rbootd</classname>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1625,13 +1712,14 @@ msgid "" "the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " "these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " "provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Giao thức truyền tập tin không đáng kể (TFTP) được dùng để phục vụ ảnh khởi " +msgstr "" +"Giao thức truyền tập tin không đáng kể (TFTP) được dùng để phục vụ ảnh khởi " "động cho ứng dụng khách. Về lý thuyết có thể sử dụng bất kỳ trình phục vụ " "nào trên bất kỳ nền tảng nào mà thực hiện những giao thức này. Những lời thí " "dụ trong tiết đoạn này sẽ cung cấp lệnh riêng cho hệ điều hành SunOS 4.x, " "SunOS 5.x (cũng tên Solaris), và GNU/Linux." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1639,19 +1727,20 @@ msgid "" "will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " "&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" "classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -msgstr "Để sử dụng phương pháp khởi động TFTP của môi trường thực hiện tiền khởi " +msgstr "" +"Để sử dụng phương pháp khởi động TFTP của môi trường thực hiện tiền khởi " "động (PXE), bạn cần có sẵn sàng trình phục vụ TFTP có hỗ trợ khả năng " "<userinput>tsize</userinput>. Trên máy phục vụ &debian;, hai " "gói<classname>atftpd</classname> và <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> là " "thích hợp: khuyên bạn dùng <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1156 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Thiết lập trình phục vụ RARP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1662,14 +1751,15 @@ msgid "" "command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " "rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" "userinput>." -msgstr "Để thiết lập RARP, bạn cần biết địa chỉ Ethernet (cũng tên địa chỉ MAC) của " +msgstr "" +"Để thiết lập RARP, bạn cần biết địa chỉ Ethernet (cũng tên địa chỉ MAC) của " "mỗi máy tính khách cần cài đặt. Nếu bạn chưa biết thông tin này, bạn có thể " "<phrase arch=\"sparc\">lấy nó từ những thông điệp khởi động OpenPROM đầu " "tiên, dùng lệnh OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput>, hoặc </phrase> " "khởi động vào chế độ <quote>Cứu</quote> (v.d. từ đĩa mềm cứu) và sử dụng " "lệnh <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1688,7 +1778,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> you probably need to load the RARP kernel module " "or else recompile the kernel to support RARP. Try <userinput>modprobe rarp</" "userinput> and then try the <command>rarp</command> command again." -msgstr "Trên hệ thống máy phục vụ RARP dùng hạt nhân Linux phiên bản 2.2.x, bạn cần " +msgstr "" +"Trên hệ thống máy phục vụ RARP dùng hạt nhân Linux phiên bản 2.2.x, bạn cần " "phải điền vào bảng RARP của hạt nhân. Để làm như thế, hãy chạy những lệnh " "này:<informalexample><screen>\n" "# <userinput>/sbin/rarp -s\n" @@ -1705,19 +1796,20 @@ msgstr "Trên hệ thống máy phục vụ RARP dùng hạt nhân Linux phiên "Hãy thử chạy lệnh <userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> rồi chạy lại lệnh " "<command>rarp</command>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, " "and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. The " "procedure is similar to that used under SunOS in the following paragraph." -msgstr "Trên hệ thống máy phục vụ RARP dùng hạt nhân Linux phiên bản 2.4.x, không có " +msgstr "" +"Trên hệ thống máy phục vụ RARP dùng hạt nhân Linux phiên bản 2.4.x, không có " "mô-đun RARP nào, thay vào đó bạn cần phải sử dụng chương trình " "<command>rarpd</command>. Thủ tục đó tương tự với điều được dùng dưới hệ " "điều hành SunOS trong đoạn văn theo sau." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1727,7 +1819,8 @@ msgid "" "<quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. In " "SunOS 4, issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</" "userinput>; in SunOS 5, use <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." -msgstr "Dưới hệ điều hành SunOS, bạn cần phải kiểm tra xem địa chỉ Ethernet phần " +msgstr "" +"Dưới hệ điều hành SunOS, bạn cần phải kiểm tra xem địa chỉ Ethernet phần " "cứng cho máy khách được liệt kê trong cả cơ sở dữ liệu <quote>ethers</quote> " "(hoặc trong tập tin <filename>/etc/ethers</filename>, hoặc thông qua NIS/NIS" "+) lẫn cơ sở dữ liệu <quote>hosts</quote> (các máy). Sau đó, bạn cần phải " @@ -1735,13 +1828,13 @@ msgstr "Dưới hệ điều hành SunOS, bạn cần phải kiểm tra xem đ "chủ): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>; còn dưới SunOS 5, chạy lệnh " "<userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" msgstr "Thiết lập trình phục vụ BOOTP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1750,12 +1843,13 @@ msgid "" "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " "<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " "respectively." -msgstr "GNU/Linux có sẵn hai trình phục vụ BOOTP, <command>bootpd</command> CMU, và " +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux có sẵn hai trình phục vụ BOOTP, <command>bootpd</command> CMU, và " "điều khác thật là trình phục vụ DHCP, <command>dhcpd</command> ISC, mà nằm " "trong gói <classname>bootp</classname> và <classname>dhcp</classname> trong " "&debian;." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1221 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1788,7 +1882,8 @@ msgid "" "\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type " "<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" "userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" -msgstr "Để sử dụng <command>bootpd</command> CMU, trước tiên bạn cần phải bỏ ghi chú " +msgstr "" +"Để sử dụng <command>bootpd</command> CMU, trước tiên bạn cần phải bỏ ghi chú " "(hay thêm) dòng tương ứng trong trong tập tin cấu hình <filename>/etc/inetd." "conf</filename>. Dưới hệ điều hành &debian;, bạn có khả năng chạy lệnh " "<userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, rồi <userinput>/etc/" @@ -1820,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "Để sử dụng <command>bootpd</command> CMU, trước tiên bạn c "<userinput>eaddr</userinput> là địa chỉ phần cứng (địa chỉ MAC) của máy đó. " "</phrase>" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1254 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1832,7 +1927,8 @@ msgid "" "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" "command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Mặt khác, tiến trình thiết lập BOOTP bằng <command>dhcpd</command> ISC là " +msgstr "" +"Mặt khác, tiến trình thiết lập BOOTP bằng <command>dhcpd</command> ISC là " "rất dễ dàng, vì trình nền này xử lý các máy khách BOOTP là máy khách DHCP " "kiểu hơi đặc biệt. Một số kiến trúc riêng cần thiết cấu hình phức tạp để " "khởi động máy khách thông qua BOOTP. Nếu máy của bạn có kiến trúc như thế, " @@ -1842,13 +1938,13 @@ msgstr "Mặt khác, tiến trình thiết lập BOOTP bằng <command>dhcpd</co "lại trình nền <command>dhcpd</command> bằng lệnh <userinput>/etc/init.d/" "dhcpd restart</userinput>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1275 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Thiết lập trình phục vụ DHCP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1877,7 +1973,8 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" "classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Một trình phục vụ DHCP phần mềm tự do là <command>dhcpd</command> ISC. Dưới " +msgstr "" +"Một trình phục vụ DHCP phần mềm tự do là <command>dhcpd</command> ISC. Dưới " "hệ điều hành &debian;, nó có sẵn trong gói <classname>dhcp</classname>. Đây " "là một tập tin cấu hình mẫu cho nó (thường là <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" "filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1904,7 +2001,7 @@ msgstr "Một trình phục vụ DHCP phần mềm tự do là <command>dhcpd</c "<classname>dhcp3</classname> sử dụng tập tin <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd." "conf</filename>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1288 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1914,30 +2011,32 @@ msgid "" "as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " "<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " "which will be retrieved via TFTP." -msgstr "Trong lời thí dụ này, có một máy phục vụ tên <replaceable>tên_máy_phục_vụ</" +msgstr "" +"Trong lời thí dụ này, có một máy phục vụ tên <replaceable>tên_máy_phục_vụ</" "replaceable> mà làm mọi công việc của trình phục vụ DHCP, trình phục vụ TFTP " "và cổng ra mạng. Bình thường, bạn sẽ cần phải thay đổi những tùy chọn tên " "miền (domain-name), cũng như tên máy phục vụ (server-name) và địa chỉ phần " "cứng (hardware address) của máy khách. Tùy chọn <replaceable>filename</" "replaceable> (tên tập tin) nên là tên tập tin sẽ được lấy thông qua TFTP." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " "restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Sau khi bạn hiệu chỉnh tập tin cấu hình của trình nền <command>dhcpd</" +msgstr "" +"Sau khi bạn hiệu chỉnh tập tin cấu hình của trình nền <command>dhcpd</" "command>, hãy khởi chạy lại nó bằng lệnh <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd " "restart</userinput>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Bật khả năng khởi động PXE trong cấu hình DHCP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -1973,7 +2072,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " "<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " "<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." -msgstr "Đây là một lời thí dụ <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> thêm, dùng phương pháp " +msgstr "" +"Đây là một lời thí dụ <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> thêm, dùng phương pháp " "môi trường thực hiện tiền khởi động (PXE) của giao thức TFTP. [Chú thích đã " "được dịch trong lời thí dụ này.] <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"thí_dụ.com\";\n" @@ -2007,13 +2107,13 @@ msgstr "Đây là một lời thí dụ <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> thêm, d "khách <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> là bộ tải khởi động, không phải là ảnh " "hạt nhân (xem <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> bên dưới)." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Bật chạy trình phục vụ TFTP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2024,7 +2124,8 @@ msgid "" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" "</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " "correctly by default when they are installed." -msgstr "Để hiệu lực trình phục vụ TFTP, trước tiên bạn cần phải kiểm tra xem trình " +msgstr "" +"Để hiệu lực trình phục vụ TFTP, trước tiên bạn cần phải kiểm tra xem trình " "nền <command>tftpd</command> đã được bật chạy chưa. Bình thường nó được bật " "chạy bằng dòng theo đây (hay tương tự) trong tập tin cấu hình <filename>/etc/" "inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2032,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "Để hiệu lực trình phục vụ TFTP, trước tiên bạn cần p "</screen></informalexample> Khi bạn cài đặt các gói Debian, dòng này thường " "được thiết lập theo mặc định." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2046,7 +2147,8 @@ msgid "" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" "command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></" "userinput>." -msgstr "Hãy xem tập tin đó, và ghi nhớ thư mục được dùng như là đối số của " +msgstr "" +"Hãy xem tập tin đó, và ghi nhớ thư mục được dùng như là đối số của " "<command>in.tftpd</command> vì nó cần thiết bên dưới. Đối số <userinput>-l</" "userinput> hiệu lực một số phiên bản <command>in.tftpd</command> ghi lưu mọi " "yêu cầu vào bản ghi hệ thống; có ích để chẩn đoán lỗi khởi động. Nếu bạn đã " @@ -2058,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "Hãy xem tập tin đó, và ghi nhớ thư mục được dùng như l "(PID) của trình nền <command>inetd</command>, rồi chạy lệnh ép buộc kết thúc " "<userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2074,7 +2176,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" "</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " "TFTP server uses." -msgstr "Nếu bạn định cài đặt Debian trên máy kiểu SGI và máy phục vụ TFTP chạy hệ " +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn định cài đặt Debian trên máy kiểu SGI và máy phục vụ TFTP chạy hệ " "điều hành Linux phiên bản 2.4, bạn cần phải nhập dòng này vào máy phục vụ : " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" @@ -2088,13 +2191,13 @@ msgstr "Nếu bạn định cài đặt Debian trên máy kiểu SGI và máy ph "</screen></informalexample> để điều chỉnh phạm vị cổng nguồn sẵn sàng cho " "trình phục vụ TFTP Linux sử dụng." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1371 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Xác định vị trí của ảnh TFTP" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2104,14 +2207,15 @@ msgid "" "link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " "booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " "the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." -msgstr "Sau đó, hãy để ảnh khởi động TFTP cần thiết (như được tìm trong <xref " +msgstr "" +"Sau đó, hãy để ảnh khởi động TFTP cần thiết (như được tìm trong <xref " "linkend=\"where-files\"/>) vào thư mục ảnh khởi động của trình nền " "<command>tftpd</command>. Bình thường, thư mục này là <filename>/tftpboot</" "filename>. Bạn cần phải tạo liên kết từ tập tin này đến tập tin " "<command>tftpd</command> sẽ dùng để khởi động một máy khách riêng. Tiếc là " "tên tập tin được quyết định bởi máy khách TFTP; chưa có tiêu chuẩn mạnh." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1382 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2121,14 +2225,15 @@ msgid "" "via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</" "filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP " "directory." -msgstr "Trên máy PowerMac kiểu mới, bạn cần phải thiết lập bộ tải khởi động " +msgstr "" +"Trên máy PowerMac kiểu mới, bạn cần phải thiết lập bộ tải khởi động " "<command>yaboot</command> như là ảnh khởi động TFTP. Vậy phần mềm " "<command>Yaboot</command> sẽ lấy hạt nhân và các các ảnh đĩa RAM bằng TFTP " "chính nó. Để khởi động qua mạng, hãy dùng tập tin cấu hình <filename>yaboot-" "netboot.conf</filename>. Đơn giản thay đổi nó thành <filename>yaboot.conf</" "filename> trong thư mục TFTP." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2137,14 +2242,15 @@ msgid "" "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " "your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "Để khởi động PXE, mọi thứ cần thiết đã được thiết lập trong kho " +msgstr "" +"Để khởi động PXE, mọi thứ cần thiết đã được thiết lập trong kho " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Đơn giản hãy giải nén tập tin " "này vào thư mục ảnh khởi động của trình nền <command>tftpd</command>. Hãy " "kiểm tra xem máy phục vụ DHCP đã được cấu hình để gởi <filename>/pxelinux.0</" "filename> cho trình nền <command>tftpd</command> như là tên tập tin cần khởi " "động." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1399 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2153,20 +2259,21 @@ msgid "" "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " "your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" "elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "Để khởi động PXE, mọi thứ cần thiết đã được thiết lập trong kho " +msgstr "" +"Để khởi động PXE, mọi thứ cần thiết đã được thiết lập trong kho " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Đơn giản hãy giải nén tập tin " "này vào thư mục ảnh khởi động của trình nền <command>tftpd</command>. Hãy " "kiểm tra xem máy phục vụ DHCP đã được cấu hình để gởi <filename>/debian-" "installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> cho trình nền <command>tftpd</command> " "như là tên tập tin cần khởi động." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "Ảnh TFTP của DECstation" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2176,14 +2283,15 @@ msgid "" "filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/" "tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP " "setups described above." -msgstr "Đối với máy kiểu DECstation, có tập tin ảnh TFTP dành cho mỗi kiến trúc phụ, " +msgstr "" +"Đối với máy kiểu DECstation, có tập tin ảnh TFTP dành cho mỗi kiến trúc phụ, " "mà chứa cả hạt nhân lẫn trình cài đặt trong cùng một tập tin. Quy ước đặt " "tên là <filename><replaceable>kiến_trúc_phụ</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" "filename>. Sao chép tập tin ảnh TFTP đã muốn vào <userinput>/tftpboot/" "tftpboot.img</userinput> nếu bạn dùng thiết lập BOOTP/DHCP được diễn tả bên " "trên." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2193,20 +2301,21 @@ msgid "" "most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not " "supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can " "optionally be appended with the following syntax:" -msgstr "Phần vững DECstation khởi động thông qua TFTP bằng lệnh <userinput>boot " +msgstr "" +"Phần vững DECstation khởi động thông qua TFTP bằng lệnh <userinput>boot " "<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, mà <replaceable>#</" "replaceable> là số hiệu thiết bị TurboChannel từ đó cần khởi động. Trên phần " "lớn máy DECstations, số này là <quote>3</quote>. Nếu máy phục vụ BOOTP/DHCP " "không cung cấp tên tập tin, hoặc nếu bạn cần gởi tham số thêm cho lệnh, " "chúng có thể được phụ thêm bằng cú pháp này:" -#.Tag: userinput +#. Tag: userinput #: install-methods.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/tên_tập_tin tham_số1=giá_trị1 tham_số2=giá_trị2 ..." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2226,7 +2335,8 @@ msgid "" "firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the " "different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink " "url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Một số bản sửa đổi phần vững DECstation biểu lộ một vấn đề về khả năng khởi " +msgstr "" +"Một số bản sửa đổi phần vững DECstation biểu lộ một vấn đề về khả năng khởi " "động qua mạng: việc truyền bắt đầu được, nhưng sau một thời gian nó bị dừng " "với lỗi <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Có vài lý do có thể : " "<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Phần vững không trả lời yêu cầu ARP trong " @@ -2244,13 +2354,13 @@ msgstr "Một số bản sửa đổi phần vững DECstation biểu lộ một "NetBSD: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms" "\"></ulink>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP Alpha" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1475 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2262,7 +2372,8 @@ msgid "" "userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default " "filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a " "filename by either one of these methods." -msgstr "Trên máy kiểu Alpha, bạn cần phải xác định tên tập tin (dạng đường dẫn liên " +msgstr "" +"Trên máy kiểu Alpha, bạn cần phải xác định tên tập tin (dạng đường dẫn liên " "quan đến thư mục ảnh khởi động) bằng cách thêm đối số <userinput>-file</" "userinput> (tập tin) vào lệnh <userinput>boot</userinput> SRM, hoặc bằng " "cách đặt biến môi trường <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> (tập tin khởi " @@ -2272,13 +2383,13 @@ msgstr "Trên máy kiểu Alpha, bạn cần phải xác định tên tập tin "emphasis> trên SRM, vậy bạn <emphasis>cần phải</emphasis> xác định một tên " "tập tin bằng một của hai phương pháp này." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1490 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP SPARC" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2295,7 +2406,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to " "change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture " "name." -msgstr "Một số kiến trúc SPARC riêng thêm tên kiến trúc phụ, như <quote>SUN4M</" +msgstr "" +"Một số kiến trúc SPARC riêng thêm tên kiến trúc phụ, như <quote>SUN4M</" "quote> hay <quote>SUN4C</quote> vào tên tập tin. Như thế thì nếu kiến trúc " "phụ của hệ thống là SUN4C, với địa chỉ IP 192.168.1.3, tên tập tin là " "<filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Tuy nhiên, cũng có kiến trúc phụ mà tập " @@ -2307,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "Một số kiến trúc SPARC riêng thêm tên kiến trúc phụ, như "</screen></informalexample> Để giành tên tập tin đúng, bạn cần phải chuyển " "đổi mọi chữ sang chữ hoa, cũng (nếu cần thiết) phụ thêm tên kiến trúc phụ đó." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2315,27 +2427,29 @@ msgid "" "adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " "net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " "the TFTP server looks in." -msgstr "Bạn cũng có thể ép buộc một số hệ thống SPARC tìm một tên tập tin riêng bằng " +msgstr "" +"Bạn cũng có thể ép buộc một số hệ thống SPARC tìm một tên tập tin riêng bằng " "cách phụ thêm nó vào lệnh khởi động OpenPROM, v.d. <userinput>boot net " "ảnh_sparc.tôi</userinput>. Nó vẫn còn phải nằm trong thư mục trong đó máy " "phục vụ TFTP tìm." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP BVM/Motorola" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " "<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." -msgstr "Đối với hệ thống kiểu BVM và Motorola VMEbus, hãy sao chép các tập tin " +msgstr "" +"Đối với hệ thống kiểu BVM và Motorola VMEbus, hãy sao chép các tập tin " "&bvme6000-tftp-files; vào thư mục <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2344,19 +2458,20 @@ msgid "" "files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> " "file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration " "information." -msgstr "Sau đó, hãy cấu hình các bộ nhớ ROM khởi động hay máy phục vụ BOOTP để tải " +msgstr "" +"Sau đó, hãy cấu hình các bộ nhớ ROM khởi động hay máy phục vụ BOOTP để tải " "đầu tiên tập tin <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> hay <filename>tftplilo." "mvme</filename> từ máy phục vụ TFTP. Xem tập tin <filename>tftplilo.txt</" "filename> dành cho kiến trúc phụ của bạn, để tìm thông tin cấu hình thêm đặc " "trưng cho hệ thống đó." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP SGI" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1537 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2364,34 +2479,36 @@ msgid "" "name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " "in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" "userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Trên máy kiểu SGI, bạn có thể nhờ trình nền <command>bootpd</command> cung " +msgstr "" +"Trên máy kiểu SGI, bạn có thể nhờ trình nền <command>bootpd</command> cung " "cấp tên của tập tin TFTP. Tên này được hiển thị hoặc là tùy chọn " "<userinput>bf=</userinput> nằm trong tập tin <filename>/etc/bootptab</" "filename> hoặc là tùy chọn <userinput>filename=</userinput> nằm trong tập " "tin cấu hình <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP BCM91250A và BCM91480B Broadcom" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " "full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." -msgstr "Bạn không cần cấu hình DHCP bằng cách đặc biệt nào, vì bạn sẽ gởi cho CFE " +msgstr "" +"Bạn không cần cấu hình DHCP bằng cách đặc biệt nào, vì bạn sẽ gởi cho CFE " "đường dẫn đầy đủ của tập tin cần tải." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt tự động" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2400,19 +2517,20 @@ msgid "" "classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" "classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" "classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." -msgstr "Để cài đặt vào nhiều máy tính, có thể chạy việc cài đặt tự động đầy đủ.Những " +msgstr "" +"Để cài đặt vào nhiều máy tính, có thể chạy việc cài đặt tự động đầy đủ.Những " "gói Debian được định dành cho mục đích này gồm <classname>fai</classname> " "(mà dùng máy phục vụ cài đặt), <classname>replicator</classname>, " "<classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, và " "trình cài đặt Debian chính nó." -#.Tag: title +#. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Cài đặt tự động bằng trình cài đặt Debian" -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" @@ -2420,16 +2538,18 @@ msgid "" "files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " "removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " "installation process." -msgstr "Trình cài đặt Debian hỗ trợ khả năng cài đặt tự động bằng tập tin cấu hình " +msgstr "" +"Trình cài đặt Debian hỗ trợ khả năng cài đặt tự động bằng tập tin cấu hình " "sẵn. Tập tin cấu hình sẵn có thể được tải từ mạng hay từ vật chứa rời, cũng " "có thể được dùng để trả lời câu hỏi tương tác với người dùng trong tiến " "trình cài đặt." -#.Tag: para +#. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " "edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "Tài liệu hướng dẫn đầy đủ về phương pháp chèn trước, gồm một lời thí dụ hữu " +msgstr "" +"Tài liệu hướng dẫn đầy đủ về phương pháp chèn trước, gồm một lời thí dụ hữu " "ích mà bạn có thể hiệu chỉnh, nằm trong <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index f973b09b0..a8b717f93 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-02 22:25+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1290,7 +1290,16 @@ msgstr "" "lẽ không phải sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1311,73 +1320,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ bị lỗi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1387,19 +1396,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn công việc phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM, trình cài đặt sẽ " "cũng tạo một phân vùng « /boot » riêng. Những phân vùng khác, trừ phân vùng " "trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1414,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1426,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "riêng sức chứa này cho bộ tải khởi động « aboot »." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1437,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1493,19 +1502,16 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Ở đây kết thúc tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn. Nếu bạn thấy bảng phân " "vùng đã tạo ra là ổn định, sau đó bạn có khả năng chọn mục <guimenuitem>Phân " @@ -1520,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" "việc tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1535,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1549,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" "rảnh) nên xuất hiện trong bảng bên dưới đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1581,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "màn hình chính của chương trình <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1602,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng xoá bỏ phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1618,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1630,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1646,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1660,114 +1666,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối tin Hợp lý (LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"Nếu bạn làm việc với máy tính tại lớp quản trị hệ thống hay người dùng " -"<quote>cấp cao</quote>, chắc là bạn đã xem trường hợp mà phân vùng nào " -"(thường điều quan trọng nhất) không có đủ sức chứa còn rảnh, còn phân vùng " -"khác nào được dùng rất ít, nên bạn phải quản lý trường hợp đó bằng cách di " -"chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v. " - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"Để tránh trường hợp như vậy, bạn có thể sử dụng Bộ Quản lý Khối tin Hợp lý " -"(LVM). Nói đơn giản, bằng LVM bạn có thể kết hợp các phân vùng " -"(<firstterm>khối tin vật lý</firstterm> trong thuật ngữ LVM) để tạo một đĩa " -"ảo (được gọi như là <firstterm>nhóm khối tin</firstterm>), mà do đó có thể " -"được chia cho nhiều phân vùng ảo (<firstterm>khối tin hợp lý</firstterm>). " -"Điểm có ích là khối tin hợp lý (và các nhóm khối tin cơ sở) có thể chiều dài " -"qua vài đĩa vật lý." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Như thế thì khi bạn thấy biết cần thiết sức chứa thêm cho phân vùng " -"<filename>/home</filename> 160GB cũ, bạn có thể thêm đơn giản một đĩa 300GB " -"mới vào máy tính, nối lại nó với nhóm khối tin tồn tại, và thì đấy — " -"các người dùng lại có chỗ còn rảnh trên phân vùng 460GB đã gia hạn. Có thông " -"tin chi tiết trong tài liệu LVM Thế Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM " -"HOWTO</ulink>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"Cách thiết lập LVM trong &d-i; là hơi đơn giản. Trước tiên, bạn phải đánh " -"dấu các phân vùng là điều cần dùng là khối tin vật lý cho LVM. (Việc này " -"được làm trong chương trình <command>partman</command> trong trình đơn " -"<guimenu>Thiết lập phân vùng</guimenu> nơi bạn nên chọn <menuchoice> " -"<guimenu>Dùng làm:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>khối tin vật lý cho Bộ Quản lý " -"Khối tin Hợp lý</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Sau đó, hãy khởi chạy mô-đun " -"<command>lvmcfg</command> (hoặc trực tiếp từ chương trình <command>partman</" -"command> hoặc từ trình đơn của &d-i;) và kết hợp khối tin với nhóm khối tin " -"dưới trình đơn <guimenuitem>Sửa đổi nhóm khối tin</guimenuitem>. Bước sau, " -"bạn nên tạo một số khối tin hợp lý bên trên nhóm khối tin, từ trình đơn " -"<guimenuitem>Sửa đổi khối tin hợp lý</guimenuitem>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"Sau khi lùi lại từ mô-đun <command>lvmcfg</command> về trình " -"<command>partman</command>, bạn sẽ xem phân vùng hợp lý đã tạo, bằng cách " -"đúng như phân vùng chuẩn (và bạn nên thao tác nó như thế)." - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1787,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "biến nhất, <firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1802,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1879,97 +1784,97 @@ msgstr "" "tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1978,15 +1883,17 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhận (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nếu bạn muốn biết thêm về RAID phần mềm, hãy xem tài liệu RAID phần mềm Thế Nào <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn muốn biết thêm về RAID phần mềm, hãy xem tài liệu RAID phần mềm Thế " +"Nào <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2002,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2020,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2042,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2054,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2074,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2084,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2102,7 +2009,7 @@ msgstr "" "hơi tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2116,13 +2023,185 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối tin Hợp lý (LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn làm việc với máy tính tại lớp quản trị hệ thống hay người dùng " +"<quote>cấp cao</quote>, chắc là bạn đã xem trường hợp mà phân vùng nào " +"(thường điều quan trọng nhất) không có đủ sức chứa còn rảnh, còn phân vùng " +"khác nào được dùng rất ít, nên bạn phải quản lý trường hợp đó bằng cách di " +"chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v. " + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"Để tránh trường hợp như vậy, bạn có thể sử dụng Bộ Quản lý Khối tin Hợp lý " +"(LVM). Nói đơn giản, bằng LVM bạn có thể kết hợp các phân vùng " +"(<firstterm>khối tin vật lý</firstterm> trong thuật ngữ LVM) để tạo một đĩa " +"ảo (được gọi như là <firstterm>nhóm khối tin</firstterm>), mà do đó có thể " +"được chia cho nhiều phân vùng ảo (<firstterm>khối tin hợp lý</firstterm>). " +"Điểm có ích là khối tin hợp lý (và các nhóm khối tin cơ sở) có thể chiều dài " +"qua vài đĩa vật lý." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Như thế thì khi bạn thấy biết cần thiết sức chứa thêm cho phân vùng " +"<filename>/home</filename> 160GB cũ, bạn có thể thêm đơn giản một đĩa 300GB " +"mới vào máy tính, nối lại nó với nhóm khối tin tồn tại, và thì đấy — " +"các người dùng lại có chỗ còn rảnh trên phân vùng 460GB đã gia hạn. Có thông " +"tin chi tiết trong tài liệu LVM Thế Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM " +"HOWTO</ulink>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"Để tạo một thiết bị đa đĩa, bạn cần phải chuẩn bị bằng cách đánh dấu các " +"phân vùng đã muốn. (Làm như thế trong trình <command>partman</command>, " +"trong trình đơn <guimenu>Thiết lập phân vùng</guimenu> nơi bạn nên chọn mục " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Dùng làm:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>khối tin vật lý cho " +"RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Sau khi lùi lại từ mô-đun <command>lvmcfg</command> về trình " +"<command>partman</command>, bạn sẽ xem phân vùng hợp lý đã tạo, bằng cách " +"đúng như phân vùng chuẩn (và bạn nên thao tác nó như thế)." + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2144,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2170,7 +2249,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2184,7 +2263,7 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2205,7 +2284,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2221,7 +2300,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2235,13 +2314,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2267,13 +2346,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2286,13 +2365,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2309,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2323,25 +2402,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2355,13 +2434,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2379,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2398,13 +2477,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2425,7 +2504,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2437,13 +2516,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2456,25 +2535,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2488,19 +2567,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2514,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" "khoá mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2532,7 +2611,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2551,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2576,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2598,7 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2627,13 +2706,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> [Encrypted volume: khối tin đã mật mã; device-mapper: bộ ánh xạ thiết bị; Loopback: vòng lặp; keyfile: tập tin khoá]\n" +"</screen></informalexample> [Encrypted volume: khối tin đã mật mã; device-" +"mapper: bộ ánh xạ thiết bị; Loopback: vòng lặp; keyfile: tập tin khoá]\n" "\n" "Lúc này là thời gian cần gán điểm lắp vào mỗi khối tin, tùy chọn sửa đổi " "kiểu hệ thống tập tin nếu giá trị mặc định không phải thích hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2652,7 +2732,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2660,13 +2740,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2676,13 +2756,13 @@ msgstr "" "hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2695,13 +2775,13 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2715,7 +2795,7 @@ msgstr "" "(UTC) dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2734,7 +2814,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hay UTC).</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2747,19 +2827,19 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2773,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2788,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2799,13 +2879,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2819,7 +2899,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2839,7 +2919,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2853,7 +2933,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2863,13 +2943,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2883,13 +2963,13 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Việc cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2905,7 +2985,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2917,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi việc cài đặt được thực hiện qua bàn điều khiển nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2931,13 +3011,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2953,13 +3033,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu bạn có máy tính hay mạng chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2990,7 +3070,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ích (tìm kiếm gói và kiểm tra trạng thái) trong giao diện người dùng đẹp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3007,13 +3087,13 @@ msgstr "" "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3030,7 +3110,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3062,7 +3142,7 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa cần thiết cho các công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3073,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3083,7 +3163,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3097,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngay cả không cài đặt gì." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3111,13 +3191,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Cấu hình tác nhân truyền thư tín" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3132,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr "" "học hiểu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3146,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể gởi cho bạn thông báo quan trọng bằng thư điện tử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3156,13 +3236,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khớp trường hợp của bạn một cách gần nhất:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "nơi Mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3176,13 +3256,13 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển tiếp lại thư tín." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "thư được gởi bởi máy thông minh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3200,13 +3280,13 @@ msgstr "" "chọn này thích hợp với người dùng quay số." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "chỉ phát cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3224,13 +3304,13 @@ msgstr "" "câu thêm nữa." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "chưa cấu hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3244,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích hệ thống." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3260,13 +3340,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3280,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3295,13 +3375,13 @@ msgstr "" "tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3317,7 +3397,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3333,13 +3413,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3361,13 +3441,13 @@ msgstr "" "thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3383,19 +3463,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3407,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3419,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3429,13 +3509,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3448,11 +3528,11 @@ msgstr "" "quote>. Nó là một chương trình phức tạp cũ mà cung cấp nhiều khả năng, gồm " "cách quản lý cách khởi động hệ điều hành DOS, Windows, và OS/2. Hãy đọc cẩn " "thận những hướng dẫn trong thư mục <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " -"nếu bạn cần gì đặc biệt, cũng xem tài liệu nhỏ LILO Thế Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-" -"howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +"nếu bạn cần gì đặc biệt, cũng xem tài liệu nhỏ LILO Thế Nào <ulink url=" +"\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3466,7 +3546,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3476,13 +3556,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3492,13 +3572,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3510,13 +3590,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3534,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3552,13 +3632,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3586,7 +3666,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> thật để làm việc tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3604,13 +3684,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3628,13 +3708,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong khi cài đặt, thì xoá bỏ hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3665,13 +3745,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3684,13 +3764,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3705,13 +3785,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3727,13 +3807,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3746,13 +3826,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3766,13 +3846,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3816,13 +3896,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3832,13 +3912,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3848,13 +3928,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3864,13 +3944,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3880,13 +3960,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3915,13 +3995,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3931,13 +4011,13 @@ msgstr "" "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3946,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3956,13 +4036,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "tên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3972,7 +4052,7 @@ msgstr "" "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3983,19 +4063,19 @@ msgstr "" "là dùng" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4015,13 +4095,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4035,13 +4115,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4058,13 +4138,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4095,13 +4175,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4119,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4140,13 +4220,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4156,13 +4236,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4176,7 +4256,7 @@ msgstr "" "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4191,13 +4271,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Lặt vặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4209,13 +4289,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4227,7 +4307,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4243,13 +4323,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4272,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4290,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr "" "như khả năng gõ xong tự động và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4310,13 +4390,13 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4333,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4355,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4365,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4387,7 +4467,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4399,7 +4479,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4429,7 +4509,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4447,7 +4527,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> rồi thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4467,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho các hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4483,7 +4563,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4491,3 +4571,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Hơn nữa, nếu bạn làm phiên chạy SSH từ thiết bị cuối X, bạn không nên thay " "đổi kích cỡ của cửa sổ, vì làm như thế sẽ gây ra sự kết nối bị kết thúc." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cách thiết lập LVM trong &d-i; là hơi đơn giản. Trước tiên, bạn phải đánh " +#~ "dấu các phân vùng là điều cần dùng là khối tin vật lý cho LVM. (Việc này " +#~ "được làm trong chương trình <command>partman</command> trong trình đơn " +#~ "<guimenu>Thiết lập phân vùng</guimenu> nơi bạn nên chọn <menuchoice> " +#~ "<guimenu>Dùng làm:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>khối tin vật lý cho Bộ Quản lý " +#~ "Khối tin Hợp lý</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Sau đó, hãy khởi chạy mô-" +#~ "đun <command>lvmcfg</command> (hoặc trực tiếp từ chương trình " +#~ "<command>partman</command> hoặc từ trình đơn của &d-i;) và kết hợp khối " +#~ "tin với nhóm khối tin dưới trình đơn <guimenuitem>Sửa đổi nhóm khối tin</" +#~ "guimenuitem>. Bước sau, bạn nên tạo một số khối tin hợp lý bên trên nhóm " +#~ "khối tin, từ trình đơn <guimenuitem>Sửa đổi khối tin hợp lý</guimenuitem>." diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index b66a151a8..ab9bb7aa5 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-02 19:37+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1130,7 +1130,16 @@ msgstr "" "在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1148,73 +1157,73 @@ msgstr "" "式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home，/usr，/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1224,18 +1233,18 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" "如果您选择使用 LVM 的向导式分区，安装程序还会创建一个单独的 /boot 分区。其他" "的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1248,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "的一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1259,7 +1268,7 @@ msgstr "" "始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1270,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1318,19 +1327,16 @@ msgstr "" "创建这些特殊的设置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "接下来，向导式分区就要完成了。如果您对上面生成的分区信息表感到满意，那么请在" "菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning \"\n" @@ -1341,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote> ，然后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1356,7 +1362,7 @@ msgstr "" "本节的后面谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1369,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "中的磁盘条目下会出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>空闲空间</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1398,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1417,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1432,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "的步骤，直到您改正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1443,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1459,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1472,103 +1478,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上进行的所有操作。此时，安装程序会让您确认 是否就照此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"如果您做计算机系统管理员工作或者 <quote>高级</quote> 用户，您一定遇到过磁盘分" -"区(经常是最重要的那个)空间不足，同时其他的分区却不能平衡使用，然后您不得不靠" -"移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"为了避免上面描述的情况，您可以采用逻辑卷管理(LVM)。简而言之，使用 LVM 您可以" -"组合您的分区(<firstterm>物理卷</firstterm>，LVM 术语) 形成一个虚拟盘(称为 " -"<firstterm>卷组</firstterm>)，它可以被分割成虚拟分区(<firstterm>逻辑卷</" -"firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然下面是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"当您认识到需要给更多的空间给您已有的 160 GB <filename>/home</filename> 分区" -"时，您只需加一个新的 300GB 磁盘到计算机，添加进您已经存在的卷组，然后为 " -"<filename>/home</filename> 分区的逻辑卷重新设置尺寸，然后 voila — 您的" -"用户在更新的 460GB 分区上又有了空间。这个例子当然过于简单。如果您还还没有读" -"过，您应该查阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"在 &d-i; 里面设置 LVM 很简单。首先，您必须为 LVM 标记您的分区为物理卷。(这由 " -"<command>partman</command> 在 <guimenu>分区设置</guimenu>菜单完成，那里您应该" -"选择 <menuchoice> <guimenu>用做：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>LVM 物理卷</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)接着开始 <command>lvmcfg</command> 模块(可以直接" -"从 <command>partman</command> 或从 &d-i; 的主菜单) 然后组合物理卷到卷组，它位" -"于 <guimenuitem>修改卷组(VG)</guimenuitem>菜单。之后，您应该为卷组创建逻辑" -"卷，这是从菜单 <guimenuitem>修改逻辑卷(LV)</guimenuitem>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"从 <command>lvmcfg</command> 返回 <command>partman</command>之后，您可以看到" -"新建的逻辑卷与其他普通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1586,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1599,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1664,101 +1580,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1766,7 +1682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1776,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1791,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1806,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1826,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1837,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1854,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1864,7 +1780,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1880,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1893,13 +1809,177 @@ msgstr "" "的新 MD 设备并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"如果您做计算机系统管理员工作或者 <quote>高级</quote> 用户，您一定遇到过磁盘分" +"区(经常是最重要的那个)空间不足，同时其他的分区却不能平衡使用，然后您不得不靠" +"移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"为了避免上面描述的情况，您可以采用逻辑卷管理(LVM)。简而言之，使用 LVM 您可以" +"组合您的分区(<firstterm>物理卷</firstterm>，LVM 术语) 形成一个虚拟盘(称为 " +"<firstterm>卷组</firstterm>)，它可以被分割成虚拟分区(<firstterm>逻辑卷</" +"firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然下面是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"当您认识到需要给更多的空间给您已有的 160 GB <filename>/home</filename> 分区" +"时，您只需加一个新的 300GB 磁盘到计算机，添加进您已经存在的卷组，然后为 " +"<filename>/home</filename> 分区的逻辑卷重新设置尺寸，然后 voila — 您的" +"用户在更新的 460GB 分区上又有了空间。这个例子当然过于简单。如果您还还没有读" +"过，您应该查阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"为了创建 MD 设备，您需要将期望的分区标记为供 RAID 使用。(通过 " +"<guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> 菜单的 <command>partman</command> 完" +"成，您应该选择 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"从 <command>lvmcfg</command> 返回 <command>partman</command>之后，您可以看到" +"新建的逻辑卷与其他普通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1917,7 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -1940,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -1952,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -1970,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -1985,23 +2065,26 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " "<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " "always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " "chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "首先，让我们来看看选择 <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> 作为加密方法后可用的选项。一般规律：如果不能确定，就使用默认项，因为它们是经过审慎的安全考虑的选择。" +msgstr "" +"首先，让我们来看看选择 <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> 作为加" +"密方法后可用的选项。一般规律：如果不能确定，就使用默认项，因为它们是经过审慎" +"的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2024,13 +2107,13 @@ msgstr "" "息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2042,13 +2125,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2064,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2077,25 +2160,25 @@ msgstr "" "才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2108,13 +2191,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2129,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2146,13 +2229,13 @@ msgstr "" "复写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2170,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2182,13 +2265,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2199,25 +2282,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2229,19 +2312,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2253,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2268,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2282,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" "生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2302,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2321,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2352,7 +2435,7 @@ msgstr "" "合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2369,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" "程的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2377,13 +2460,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "建立系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2391,13 +2474,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "配置您的时区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2409,13 +2492,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2427,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2443,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" "设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2455,19 +2538,19 @@ msgstr "" "或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2480,7 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2494,7 +2577,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2505,13 +2588,13 @@ msgstr "" "理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2524,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2542,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2554,7 +2637,7 @@ msgstr "" "要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2564,13 +2647,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2582,13 +2665,13 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2603,7 +2686,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2614,7 +2697,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2626,13 +2709,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2646,13 +2729,13 @@ msgstr "" "许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2681,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" "的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2696,13 +2779,13 @@ msgstr "" "list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查它并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2717,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2747,7 +2830,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2757,7 +2840,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2765,7 +2848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2777,7 +2860,7 @@ msgstr "" "择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2790,13 +2873,13 @@ msgstr "" "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2810,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2824,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr "" "送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2834,13 +2917,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "互联网站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2852,13 +2935,13 @@ msgstr "" "会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2874,13 +2957,13 @@ msgstr "" "将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "仅在本地投递" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2896,13 +2979,13 @@ msgstr "" "题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "现在不进行配置" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2915,7 +2998,7 @@ msgstr "" "工具发来的重要信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2930,13 +3013,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的资料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2949,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2962,13 +3045,13 @@ msgstr "" "它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2982,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "" "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2996,13 +3079,13 @@ msgstr "" "理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3022,13 +3105,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3043,19 +3126,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3066,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3078,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3088,13 +3171,13 @@ msgstr "" "动引导器。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3110,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3123,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3131,13 +3214,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3145,13 +3228,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3162,13 +3245,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3185,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3201,13 +3284,13 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3232,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3247,13 +3330,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3269,13 +3352,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3301,13 +3384,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3318,13 +3401,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3337,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3356,13 +3439,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3373,13 +3456,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3392,13 +3475,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3438,13 +3521,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3452,13 +3535,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3467,13 +3550,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3481,13 +3564,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3497,13 +3580,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3529,13 +3612,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3545,20 +3628,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3566,13 +3649,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3582,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3592,19 +3675,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3622,13 +3705,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3641,13 +3724,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3662,13 +3745,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3695,13 +3778,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3717,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr "" "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3736,13 +3819,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3750,13 +3833,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3768,7 +3851,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3781,13 +3864,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3798,13 +3881,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3815,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3829,13 +3912,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3856,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3872,7 +3955,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自动完成与历史纪录。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3889,13 +3972,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3910,7 +3993,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3930,7 +4013,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3938,7 +4021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3958,7 +4041,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3969,7 +4052,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3997,7 +4080,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4013,7 +4096,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4030,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4043,7 +4126,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4051,3 +4134,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "另外，如果您在 X 终端下运行 ssh 会话，也不要改变窗口大小，它可能会造成连接中" "止。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 &d-i; 里面设置 LVM 很简单。首先，您必须为 LVM 标记您的分区为物理卷。(这" +#~ "由 <command>partman</command> 在 <guimenu>分区设置</guimenu>菜单完成，那里" +#~ "您应该选择 <menuchoice> <guimenu>用做：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>LVM 物理卷" +#~ "</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)接着开始 <command>lvmcfg</command> 模块(可" +#~ "以直接从 <command>partman</command> 或从 &d-i; 的主菜单) 然后组合物理卷到" +#~ "卷组，它位于 <guimenuitem>修改卷组(VG)</guimenuitem>菜单。之后，您应该为卷" +#~ "组创建逻辑卷，这是从菜单 <guimenuitem>修改逻辑卷(LV)</guimenuitem>。" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index d363c1fbf..d68e80dac 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-30 15:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 19:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1125,7 +1125,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " +"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " +"is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " @@ -1143,73 +1152,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:820 +#: using-d-i.xml:828 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1219,16 +1228,16 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " -"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " +"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1241,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1252,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:856 +#: using-d-i.xml:864 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1264,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1311,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1319,11 +1328,8 @@ msgid "" "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " -"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " -"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " -"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " -"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "接下來，嚮導式分割區就要完成了。如果您對上面產生的分割區資訊表感到滿意，那麼" "請在選單中選擇<guimenuitem>結束磁碟分割作業並將變更寫入磁碟中</guimenuitem> " @@ -1333,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1348,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:903 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1361,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1390,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:929 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1409,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:940 +#: using-d-i.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1424,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1435,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:954 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1451,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:962 +#: using-d-i.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1464,105 +1470,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" -msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:991 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " -"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " -"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " -"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " -"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" -"如果您做電腦系統管理員工作或者<quote>進階</quote>使用者，您一定遇過磁碟分區 " -"(經常是最重要的那個) 空間不足，同時其他的分割區卻不能平衡使用，然後您不得不被" -"移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:999 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " -"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " -"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " -"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " -"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " -"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " -"several physical discs." -msgstr "" -"為了避免上面描述的情況，您可以採用邏輯容量管理(LVM)。簡而言之，使用 LVM 您可" -"以組合您的分割區 (<firstterm>物理容量(physical volumes)</firstterm>，LVM 術" -"語) 形成一個虛擬磁碟( 稱為 <firstterm>容量群組</firstterm>)，它可以被分割成虛" -"擬分割區 (<firstterm>邏輯容量</firstterm>)。邏輯容量 (當然下面是容量群組) 的" -"優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" -"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " -"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " -"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " -"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " -"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " -"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"當您發現您需要給更多的空間給已有的 160 GB <filename>/home</filename> 分割區" -"時，您只需加裝一個新的 300GB 磁碟到電腦，加入已經存在的容量組，然後為" -"<filename>/home</filename> 分割區的邏輯容量重新設置大小，然後 voila — " -"您的使用者在更新的 460GB 分割區上又有了更多可用空間。這個例子當然有點簡單。如" -"果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1020 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " -"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " -"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " -"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " -"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " -"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " -"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " -"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " -"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " -"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "" -"在 &d-i; 裡面設置 LVM 很簡單。首先，您必須為 LVM 標記您的分割區為物理容量。" -"(這由 <command>partman</command> 在 <guimenu>分割區設定：</guimenu>選單完成，" -"那裡您應該選擇 <menuchoice> <guimenu>用途：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>LVM 的物理" -"容量</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)接著啟動 <command>lvmcfg</command> 模組 " -"(可以直接從 <command>partman</command> 或從 &d-i; 的主選單啟動) 然後組合物理" -"容量到容量群組，它位於<guimenuitem>修改容量群組 (VG) </guimenuitem>選單。之" -"後，您應該為容量群組建立邏輯容量，這是從選單 <guimenuitem>修改邏輯容量 (LV) " -"</guimenuitem>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" -"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " -"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "" -"從 <command>lvmcfg</command> 返回 <command>partman</command>之後，您可以看到" -"與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1051 +#: using-d-i.xml:989 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1580,7 +1494,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1593,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1658,101 +1572,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1155 +#: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1099 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1173 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1177 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1760,7 +1674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1770,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1194 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1785,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1800,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1212 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1818,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1829,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1846,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1856,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1252 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1872,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1885,13 +1799,178 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" +msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"如果您做電腦系統管理員工作或者<quote>進階</quote>使用者，您一定遇過磁碟分區 " +"(經常是最重要的那個) 空間不足，同時其他的分割區卻不能平衡使用，然後您不得不被" +"移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"為了避免上面描述的情況，您可以採用邏輯容量管理(LVM)。簡而言之，使用 LVM 您可" +"以組合您的分割區 (<firstterm>物理容量(physical volumes)</firstterm>，LVM 術" +"語) 形成一個虛擬磁碟( 稱為 <firstterm>容量群組</firstterm>)，它可以被分割成虛" +"擬分割區 (<firstterm>邏輯容量</firstterm>)。邏輯容量 (當然下面是容量群組) 的" +"優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"當您發現您需要給更多的空間給已有的 160 GB <filename>/home</filename> 分割區" +"時，您只需加裝一個新的 300GB 磁碟到電腦，加入已經存在的容量組，然後為" +"<filename>/home</filename> 分割區的邏輯容量重新設置大小，然後 voila — " +"您的使用者在更新的 460GB 分割區上又有了更多可用空間。這個例子當然有點簡單。如" +"果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"為了建立 MD 設備，您需要將欲參與陣列的分割區標記為供 RAID 使用。(透過 " +"<command>partman</command> 命令中的 <guimenu>分割區設定：</guimenu> 選單完" +"成，您應該選擇 <menuchoice> <guimenu>用途：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>RAID 的物" +"理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Delete logical volume" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Extend volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: guimenuitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Reduce volume group" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"從 <command>lvmcfg</command> 返回 <command>partman</command>之後，您可以看到" +"與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1277 +#: using-d-i.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1905,7 +1984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1289 +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -1922,7 +2001,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -1932,7 +2011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -1945,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -1956,7 +2035,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -1966,13 +2045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1344 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -1988,13 +2067,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2004,13 +2083,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2022,7 +2101,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2032,25 +2111,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1411 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2060,13 +2139,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 using-d-i.xml:1519 +#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2078,7 +2157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2091,13 +2170,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2111,7 +2190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2120,13 +2199,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1488 +#: using-d-i.xml:1532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2135,25 +2214,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1498 +#: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1507 +#: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2163,19 +2242,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2185,7 +2264,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2197,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2208,7 +2287,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2223,7 +2302,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1583 +#: using-d-i.xml:1627 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2237,7 +2316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1599 +#: using-d-i.xml:1643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2257,7 +2336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2270,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1622 +#: using-d-i.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2278,13 +2357,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1633 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2292,13 +2371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1690 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2308,13 +2387,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1708 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2324,7 +2403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#: using-d-i.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2336,7 +2415,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1684 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2346,19 +2425,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2371,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2385,7 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1721 +#: using-d-i.xml:1765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2396,13 +2475,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1731 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2414,7 +2493,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2432,7 +2511,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1750 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2444,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2454,13 +2533,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2472,13 +2551,13 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系統安裝" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2493,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2504,7 +2583,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2516,13 +2595,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1815 +#: using-d-i.xml:1859 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2533,13 +2612,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2559,7 +2638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2571,13 +2650,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2589,7 +2668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1883 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2609,7 +2688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1908 +#: using-d-i.xml:1952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2619,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2627,7 +2706,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2637,7 +2716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1930 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2647,13 +2726,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2667,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1949 +#: using-d-i.xml:1993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2680,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2690,13 +2769,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "網際網路站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2708,13 +2787,13 @@ msgstr "" "詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2022 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2730,13 +2809,13 @@ msgstr "" "程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "僅在本地發送" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2752,13 +2831,13 @@ msgstr "" "問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2006 +#: using-d-i.xml:2050 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "現在不進行設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2771,7 +2850,7 @@ msgstr "" "具發出的重要資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2018 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2786,13 +2865,13 @@ msgstr "" "料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2805,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2819,13 +2898,13 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2060 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2839,7 +2918,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2853,13 +2932,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2878,13 +2957,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2107 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2108 +#: using-d-i.xml:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2899,19 +2978,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2117 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2922,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2934,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2143 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2945,13 +3024,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2159 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2967,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2169 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2980,7 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2988,13 +3067,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3002,13 +3081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3019,13 +3098,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2200 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3042,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3058,13 +3137,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3089,7 +3168,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3104,13 +3183,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3126,13 +3205,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2278 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3158,13 +3237,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3175,13 +3254,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2310 +#: using-d-i.xml:2354 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3194,13 +3273,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2321 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3213,13 +3292,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2334 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3230,13 +3309,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2389 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3249,13 +3328,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3295,13 +3374,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2430 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3309,13 +3388,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2396 +#: using-d-i.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3324,13 +3403,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3338,13 +3417,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2414 +#: using-d-i.xml:2458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3354,13 +3433,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2480 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3386,13 +3465,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3402,20 +3481,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3423,13 +3502,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3439,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3449,19 +3528,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2510 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3479,13 +3558,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2528 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2529 +#: using-d-i.xml:2573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3499,13 +3578,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2546 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3520,13 +3599,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3554,13 +3633,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2592 +#: using-d-i.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3576,7 +3655,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2601 +#: using-d-i.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3595,13 +3674,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3609,13 +3688,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3627,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3640,13 +3719,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3657,13 +3736,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2668 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2714 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3674,7 +3753,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2721 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3688,13 +3767,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2741 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3715,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3731,7 +3810,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3749,13 +3828,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2784 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2742 +#: using-d-i.xml:2786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3767,7 +3846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2752 +#: using-d-i.xml:2796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3781,7 +3860,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3789,7 +3868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3803,7 +3882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3812,7 +3891,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3831,7 +3910,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2805 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3843,7 +3922,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3856,7 +3935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3867,13 +3946,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +#~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +#~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " +#~ "menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +#~ "start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +#~ "<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +#~ "physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +#~ "groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +#~ "volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +#~ "logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 &d-i; 裡面設置 LVM 很簡單。首先，您必須為 LVM 標記您的分割區為物理容" +#~ "量。(這由 <command>partman</command> 在 <guimenu>分割區設定：</guimenu>選" +#~ "單完成，那裡您應該選擇 <menuchoice> <guimenu>用途：</guimenu> " +#~ "<guimenuitem>LVM 的物理容量</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)接著啟動 " +#~ "<command>lvmcfg</command> 模組 (可以直接從 <command>partman</command> 或" +#~ "從 &d-i; 的主選單啟動) 然後組合物理容量到容量群組，它位於<guimenuitem>修改" +#~ "容量群組 (VG) </guimenuitem>選單。之後，您應該為容量群組建立邏輯容量，這是" +#~ "從選單 <guimenuitem>修改邏輯容量 (LV) </guimenuitem>。" + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "桌面電腦" |